Sharp AR-F152 Sm

CODE: 00ZARF152/A1E

DIGITAL COPIER

AR-151AR-156

MODEL AR-F152

[ 1 ] GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

[ 2 ] SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1

[ 3 ] CONSUMABLE PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1

[ 4 ] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES . . . 4 - 1

[ 5 ] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1

[ 6 ] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1

[ 7 ] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1

[ 8 ] ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1

[ 9 ] SIMULATION, FAX SOFTWARE SWITCH,

TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1

[10] USER PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1

[11] MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1

[12] ELECTRICAL SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1

[13] CIRCUIT DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 1

CONTENTS

Parts marked with “ ” are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specifiedones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.

SHARP CORPORATIONThis document has been published to be usedfor after sales service only.The contents are subject to change without notice.

(AR-F152)

AR-F152

CAUTION

This product is a class 1 laser product that complies with 21CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 of the CDRH stand-ard and IEC825. This means that this machine does not produce hazardous laser radiation. The use ofcontrols, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in haz-ardous radiation exposure.

This laser radiation is not a danger to the skin, but when an exact focusing of the laser beam is achievedon the eye’s retina, there is the danger of spot damage to the retina.

The following cautions must be observed to avoid exposure of the laser beam to your eyes at the timeof servicing.

1) When a problem in the laser optical unit has occurred, the whole optical unit must be exchanged asa unit, not as individual parts.

2) Do not look into the machine with the main switch turned on after removing the developer unit, tonercartridge, and drum cartridge.

3) Do not look into the laser beam exposure slit of the laser optical unit with the connector connectedwhen removing and installing the optical system.

4) The middle frame contains the safety interlock switch.Do not defeat the safety interlock by inserting wedges or other items into the switch slot.

LASER WAVE – LENGTH : 780 ∼ 795Pulse times : 0.481 ms/6 mmOut put power : 0.20 ± 0.03 mW

CAUTIONINVISIBLE LASER RADIATION,

WHEN OPEN AND INTERLOCKS DEFEATED.

AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM.

VORSICHTUNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG,WENN ABDECKUNG GEÖFFNET UNDSICHERHEITSVERRIEGELUNG ÜBERBRÜCKT.NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN.

VARO !AVATTAESSA JA SUOJALUKITUSOHITETTAESSA OLET ALTTIINANÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE ÄLÄKATSO SÄTEESEEN.

ADVARSELUSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING VED ÅBNING, NÅRSIKKERHEDSBRYDERE ER UDE AFFUNKTION. UNDGÅ UDSAETTELSE FORSTRÅLNING.

VARNING !OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING NÄR DENNA DELÄR ÖPPNAD OCH SPÄRREN ÄR URKOPPLAD.BETRAKTA EJ STRÅLEN. – STRÅLEN ÄR FARLIG.

AR-F152

At the production line, the output powerof the scanner unit is adjusted to 0.57MILLI-WATT PLUS 20 PCTS and ismaintained constant by the operation ofthe Automatic Power Control (APC).Even if the APC circuit fails in operationfor some reason, the maximum outputpower will only be 15 MILLI-WATT 0.1MICRO-SEC. Giving an accessibleemission level of 42 MICRO-WATTwhich is still-less than the limit ofCLASS-1 laser product.

The foregoing is applicable only to the 220Vmodel, 230V model and 240V model.

VAROITUS! LAITTEEN KÄYTTÄMINEN MUULLAKUIN TÄSSÄ KÄYTTÖOHJEESSA MAINITULLATAVALLA SAATTAA ALTISTAA KÄYTTÄJÄNTURVALLISUUSLUOKAN 1 YLITTÄVÄLLENÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE.

VARNING - OM APPARATEN ANVÄNDS PÅ ANNATSÄTT ÄN I DENNA BRUKSANVISNINGSPECIFICERATS, KAN ANVÄNDAREN UTSÄTTASFÖR OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING, SOMÖVERSKRIDER GRÄNSEN FÖR LASERKLASS 1.

CautionThis product contains a low power laserdevice. To ensure continued safety do notremove any cover or attempt to gain accessto the inside of the product. Refer allservicing to qualified personnel.

LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITEKLASS 1 LASER APPARAT

AR-F152

[1] GENERAL1. AR-151/156/F152 major functions

ItemCPM SB/MB 2 tray SPF R-SPF FAX

GDI withUSB

GDIwithoutUSB

SOPM DuplexModel

AR-151 15CPM MB Opt ∗1 Opt ∗1 Opt Opt

AR-156 15CPM MB Opt Opt

AR-F152 15CPM MB ∗2 Opt

Descriptions of itemsCPM: Copy speed (Copies Per Minute)SB/MB: SB = Manual feed single bypass, MB = Manual feed multi bypass 2 tray: Second cassette unit. The 1 tray unit (AR-DE9) is optionally available. SPF: Original feed unitR-SPF: Duplex original feed unitFAX: FAX function. The AR-FX3 (FAX-SPF and FAX board) is optionally available.)GDI with USB: GDI printer function with USB. The AR-PG1 (GDI + USB kit) is optionally available. GDI without USB: GDI printer function without USB. The said model has no option of it. SOPM: Scan One Print Many function (Many copies are made by one scan.)Duplex: Auto duplex copy function

Descriptions of table: Standard provision

: No function or no option available∗1: Incompatible between SPF and FAX function∗2: 1 tray option for Europe

2. System Configuration

(Options)

(AR-151) (AR-F152) (AR-156)

AR-SP3

AR-FX3

AR-DE9

AR-PG1

AR-F152

1 – 1

[2] SPECIFICATIONS1. Basic specifications of copierA. Basic specifications

Item Spec.

Type Desktop

Copy system Dry, electrostatic

Segment (class) Digital personal copier

External dimensions (W × D × H) (mm)AR-151: 518mm × 482.6mm × 292.6mmAR-156: 518mm × 482.6mm × 379mm

AR-F152: 518mm × 482.6mm × 465.3mm

WeightAR-151: Approx. 19Kg, (drum cartridges included)AR-156: Approx. 22Kg, (drum cartridges included)

AR-F152: Approx. 25Kg, (drum cartridges included)

B. Operation specification

Section Item Details Spec.

Paperfeedsection

Paper feedsystem

AR-151/AR-156: 1 tray (250 sheets) + multi bypass (50 sheets)AR-F152: 2 tray (250 sheets) + multi bypass (50 sheets)

(1 tray for Europe)

AB system

Tray paper feedsection

Paper size A4, B5, A5 (Landscape)

Paper weight 56 – 80g/m2

Paper feed capacity 250 sheets

Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper

Remark User adjustment of paper guide available

Multi bypass paperfeed section

Paper size A4, B5, A5, B6, A6 (Landscape)

Paper weight 52 – 128g/m2


Kinds ∗1Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP, Label,

Postal card


Inch system

Tray paper feedsection

Paper size 8-1/2″ × 14″, 8-1/2 × 11″, 8-1/2″ × 5-1/2″ (Landscape)

Paper weight 15 – 21 lbs.


Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper


Multi bypass paperfeed section

Paper size8-1/2″ × 14″, 8-1/2 × 11″, 8-1/2″ × 5-1/2″, 3-1/2″ × 5-1/2″

(Landscape)

Paper weight 14 – 34.5 lbs.


Kinds ∗1Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP, Label,

Postal card


Paper forDuplex(AR-156only)

AB system

Paper size A4, B5, A5 (Landscape)

Paper weight 56 – 80 g/m2

KindsStandard paper,Specified paper,Recycled paper

Inch system

Paper size 8-1/2″ × 14″, 8-1/2″ × 11″, 8-1/2″ × 5-1/2″ (Landscape)

Paper weight 15-21 lbs

KindsStandard paper,Specified paper,Recycled paper

∗1: OHP, Label, Postal card: each 1 pc.

AR-F152

2 – 1


Paper exit sectionExit way Face down

Capacity of outputtray

100 sheets

Originals

Original set Center Registration (left edge)

Max. original size B4 (10″ × 14″)

Original kinds sheet

Original sizedetection

None

Opticalsection

Scanningsection

Scanning system CCD sensor scanning by lighting lamp scanner

CCD sensor Resolution 400 dpi

Lighting lamp

Type Xenon lamp

Voltage 1.5kV

Power consumption 11 ± 3W

Gradation 256 gradations/8bit

Writingsection

Writing system Writing to OPC drum by the semiconductor laser

Laser unit Resolution 600 dpi

Image forming

PhotoconductorType OPC (30φ)

Life 18k

Charger

Charging system Saw -tooth charging with a grid, / (–) scorotron discharge

Transfer system (+) DC corotron system

Separation system (–) DC corotron system

Developing Developing system Dry, 2-component magnetic brush development system

Cleaning Cleaning system Counter blade system (Counter to rotation)

Fusing section

Fusing system Heat roller system

Upper heat roller Type Teflon roller

Lower heat roller Type Silicon rubber roller

Heater lamp

Type Halogen lamp

Voltage 100V

Power consumption 800W

Electrical section

Power sourceVoltage Local AC voltage

Frequency Common use for 50 and 60Hz

Power consumption

Max. AR-151/AR-156: 1000W, AR-F152: 1000W

Average (during copying) *1) AR-151/AR-156: 310Wh/H, AR-F152: 310Wh/H

Average (stand-by) *1) AR-151/AR-156: 70Wh/H, AR-F152: 90Wh/H

Pre-heat mode *1) AR-151/AR-156: 40Wh/H, AR-F152: 51Wh/H

Auto power shut-off mode *1) AR-151/AR-156: 18Wh/H, AR-F152: 23Wh/H

*1) May fluctuate due to environmental conditions and the input voltage.

C. Copy performance


Copy magnificationFixed magnification ratios

3R + 2E (AB system: 50, 70, 81, 100, 141, 200%)(Inch system: 50, 64, 78, 100, 129, 200%)

Zooming magnification ratios 50 ∼ 200% (151 steps in 1% increments)

Manual steps (manual,photo)

5 steps

AR-F152

2 – 2


Copy speed First copy timeTray paper feed

9.6 sec. or below (A4), 9.4 sec. or below (8-1/2" ×14") (Pre-heat mode: 16 sec. or below / Auto power-

shut-off mode: 23 sec. or below)

Manual paper feed10.0 sec (Pre-heat mode: 16 sec. or below / Auto

power-shut-off mode: 23 sec. or below)

AB system: A4(Landscape)

Copy speed (CPM)

Same size 15

Enlargement 15

Reduction 15

B5 (Landscape) Copy speed (CPM)

Same size 15

Enlargement 15

Reduction 15

Inch system 8-1/2″× 14″ (Landscape)

Copy speed (CPM)

Same size 12

Enlargement 12

Reduction 12

8-1/2″ × 11″(Landscape)

Copy speed (CPM)

Same size 15

Enlargement 15

Reduction 15

Max. continuous copyquantity

99

Void

Void area

Leading edge 1 ∼ 4mm

Trailing edge4mm or less, 6mm or less

(Duplex copying/both images)

Side edge void area

4.0mm or less (per side), 4.5mm or less(Duplex copying/both images: per side)

machine with side edge void 0.5mm ∼ 4mm (Total ofboth edge voids)

Image lossOC mode Leading edge

Same size: 3.0mm or less / Enlarge (200%): 2.0mmor less / Reduction (50%): 6.0mm or less

SPF/R-SPF/Duplex

Leading edgeSame size: 4.0mm or less / Enlarge (200%): 3.0mm

or less / Reduction (50%): 8.0mm or less

Warm-up time 0 sec.

Power save mode reset time 0 sec.

Paper jam recovery time 0 sec.

2. Basic specifications of facsimile (AR-F152 only)Large Item Middle Item Small Item Sub Item Spec.

Communi-cation system

Transmissionmethod

Transmission time Approx. 6 sec. (G3 ECM/14,400bps)

Transmission Method V17, V29, V27TER, V33 (Only Receiving)

Compression method MH, MR, MMR

Modem speed 14,400bps → 2,400bps automatic fall back

Mutual transmission G3

Line usedPublic Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), PrivateBranch exchange (PBX),

Number of lines used 1 line (cannot be added)

ECM YES

Scanningsystem

Document size

Max. document width OC: B4 SPF: B4 (Multi)/ 257 × 500 (Single)

Unscannable regionLeading edge 1 to 4 mm, trailing edge: 4mm max., leftend + right end: either 4mm max.

Transmitted document sizeSPF: Max. 10.1" × 19.7"SPF: Min. 8.5" × 5.5"(Inch System)SPF: 210 × 148mm (AB system)

Document size designation B4, 8-1/2, A4, B5, A5, 5/2

Two-sided documentdesignation

NO

AR-F152

2 – 3

Large Item Middle Item Small Item Sub Item Spec.

Scanningsystem

Document size Long document 500 mm (Single Feed with hand hold)

Scanningsystem

Automaticdocumentdetection

SPF YES (Over or Under B4 size)

OC NO

Transmissionmode

SPF/OC transmissionchangeover

NO

Documentloading capacity,scanning cycle(SPFperformance)

Continuous, automatic feedcompatibility

NO

Document loading capacity SPF: 30 sheets

Document scanning cycle13 sheets/min. (Standard mode, A4R memorytransmission)

Imageprocessingsystem

Half tonereproduction

Half tone (photo mode)

Equivalent to 256 scalesFollowing functions are not possible in half-Tone modein B4 size. Timer sending Memory sending Broadcast To store the original for memory polling.

Resolution 8 dot /mm × 7.7 line / mm (Fixed)

Contrastadjustment

Contrast selection Manual in 3 stages (AE)

Resolutionselection

Standard 8 dot / mm × 3.85 line / mm

Fine 8 dot / mm × 7.7 line / mm

Super fine 8 dot / mm × 15.4 line / mm

Finest NO

Printer sectionresolution

600dpi

Print system

Printing sizeMax. printing width 215.9 mm

Print paper size detection YES (Only width): A4/Letter or small size

Printing size A4/Letter/Legal

Print paper

Cassette capacity 250 × 2 (1 tray option for Europe)

Print paper absencedetection

By failing paper pick up

Exit Paper Tray Full sensor NO

Feed Paper cassette

Trans-missionfunctionsystem

Easy dialingfunction

Rapid key dialing 20 other parties

Speed dialing 100 other parties

Group dialing20 groups (including the other parties registered to rapidkey dialing)

Phonebook transmissionBy using the SEARCH key: Any other parties registeredto speed dialing and rapid key dialing can be searchedfor using the first letter.

Chain dialing YES

Redialing The last number dialed is saved

Program NO

Mode recall NO

Timedesignationfunction

Time specifiedtransmission/polling

Time of day specified for transmission or polling. Max.3

AR-F152

2 – 4



Recall mode

Automatic recall modewhen other party is busy

Intervals 1 to 15 minutes

Count 1 to 14 times/0: no re-transmission

Recall mode whencommunication error occurs

Intervals 1 to 15 minutes

Count 1 to 14 times/0: no re-transmission

TransmittedPages

Beginning with the page where error occurred

Number of transmissionscounted in recall modesimultaneously

Max. 20 transmissions

Subsequent transmissionreservation override inrecall mode

YES

Memory Trans-mission/directtransmission

Memory transmission

MemoryTransmission

YES

Number oftransmissionReservationsthat can bemade

Max. 20

Processingwhen memory isfull

Transmission is cancelled when using Timer, Group orBroadcast function. Only scanned’ data is transmitted.

∗ The number of pages to be actually sent does notalways correspond to the one passing through theSPF in case of communication error.

∗ The transmission is cancelled when communicationerror occurs.

Setting changeAfterTransmissionSetting

NO

Direct transmission YES

Default setting By Memory All Clear

Line soundmonitoringfunction

Dialing confirmationmonitoring

YES (Service Man diagnostic.)

Broadcastfunction

Broadcast transmission

Number ofdestinations

50 destinations (Including the Group Dial)

Transmissionmethod

Broadcast key, group key

Usable numbers Rapid or Speed keys

Group dialingTransmitted to group registered to rapid keys or speeddial.

Boadcastfunction

Relay transmission

InstructingStation

NO

Relay station NO

Multiple relay NO

Number of relaygroups

NO

Number ofReceivingstations thatmay beSpecified perGroup

NO

Confidentialfunction

Confidential transmissionOther party’sStation

NO

Batchtransmissionfunction

Batch transmission NO

AR-F152

2 – 5



Priority function

Transmission reservationinterrupt

NO

Broadcast interrupt NO

Recall mode interrupt NO

Multiplemessagetransmissionfunction

Multiple messagetransmission

NO

RotationalTransmission

Rotational transmission Paper size NO

Book documenttransmission

Book document transmission

Transmissionmethod

YES (From OC mode)

Consecutivepagetransmission(page splitting)

NO

OK stamp OK stamp NO

Remotetransmission(pollingtransmissionfunction)

Remote transmission(Memory Polling)

RemoteTransmission

YES (From Memory)

Protective function

Check by otherParty’s number

NO

Check byMatching ofSystem number(user’s ownmachine) andID number(other party’sMachine)(between Sharpmachines only)

NO

Receivingfunctionsystem

Receiving mode

Default settingAutomatic receiving (can be switched to A.M mode ormanual receiving in key operator program)

Automatic receiving

Number of calls

0 to 9 times (factory-set to twice: can be changed inkey operator program)

- The external telephone rings once if set the numberof calls for automatic receiving to 0 times.

Automaticphone/faxswitching

NO

Manual receivingManualreceiving setting

YES

Receiving mode

Manual receiving

Number ofSwitching callsto automaticReceiving inmanualreceiving mode

OFF/1 to 9 times

Telephone messagereceiver connection

AnsweringMachine mode

YES

Automaticallyswitch toautomatic receive

ON / OFF

Quiet detect time OFF/ 1 to 9 sec.

Receiving modetimer switching

NO

AR-F152

2 – 6


Receivingfunctionsystem

Variable scalefactor receiving

Reduction

Reduction madewithin Regularsize

YES (ON/OFF in key operator program)

By receiveddata print sizeDesignation

YES

Enlargement NO

Memoryreceiving function

Substitute receiving intomemory

SubstituteReceiving intoMemory

Only when data cannot be output

Forced memoryreceiving

NO

Received dataoverride Output

NO

TransferTransfer at occurrence oftrouble

YES

Numberspecifiedreceiving

Receiving of only specifiednumber enabled

NO

Anti junk fax mode YES (ON/OFF) 10 group, 20 letters

Confidentialfunction

Confidential receiving

Sender NO

Mailbox NO

Mailbox name NO

Confidential IDcode

NO

Rotationalreceiving

NO

Split receivingSplit size YES

Split receiving settingYES (according to paper selection condition in keyoperator program)

Two-sideddocumentreceiving

NO

2-in-1 receiving NO

Transmissionrequest (pollingreceivingfunction)

Transmission request

TransmissionRequest

YES

Resolution attransmissionRequest

Depends on the Sending Machine.

Turnaroundtransmission

NO

Registrationsystem

Numberregistration

Speed dialing

Number of otherparties

100 other parties

Number of otherparty’s Numberdigits

20 digits

Registered name 20 letters (may be omitted)

Speed dialing

Searched letters Up to 1 letter

User tagClassification

NO

Internationalcommunicationmode setting

NO

Transmissionmethod

Speed dialing key + (00 to 99) + start key

AR-F152

2 – 7


Registrationsystem

Numberregistration

Rapid key dialing


20 other parties

Number of otherparty’s Numberdigits

20 digits


Searched letters Up to 1 letter


NO

Internationalcommunicationmode setting

NO

Transmissionmethod

Rapid key dialing

Group dialing

Registration keys Rapid keys

Max. number ofregistered otherparties per group

50 other parties

RegistrableNumber

Numbers registered to speed dialing and rapid keydialing.


Searched letters NO


NO

Transmissionmethod

Group dialing

Program

Number ofprograms

NO

Registerable item NO

Registered name NO

Calling method NO

Setting changeAfter calling

NO

Batch

Registration key NO


NO

Registrationmethod

NO

SenderRegistration

Sender registrationSender’s name 24 letters, registered in key operator program

Sender’s number 20 digits, registered in key operator program

Transmissionrequest/remotetransmissionenable numberregistration

Transmission requestenable number

TransmissionRequest sourceNumberRegistration

NO

System numberSystem numberRegistration

NO

ID numberID numberRegistration

NO

Letter inputInput method Key input YES

Letters that may be input Characters Alphanumeric characters, symbols

Registered dataread-out, read-in

NO

Date & timeadjustment

Registered in key operator programSupport terms is from 1990 to 2089.

Date indicationchange

NO

BackupRegistered data backup atpower failure

SRAM used, built-in battery-backed

AR-F152

2 – 8


TelephoneFunctionSystem

Handset NO

On-hook YES

Hold NO

Pause YES (2 second fixed)

Phonetransmission atpower failure

NO

Ringer volume Adjusted in key operator program

Speaker volume Adjusted by pressing arrow keys on the fax control panel

Tone pulseswitching

Switched between 10 pps and TONE in key operatorprogram (North America)

Externaltelephoneconnection

YES

Remote receiving switching YES (switching number in 1 digit +**) 0 to 9

Automatictelephone/faxswitching

NO

Audio response NO

Response voice recording NO

Fax Memory

Memory capacityStandard 2MB (Approx. 120 pages/A4)

Option NO

Memory Back up

YesJob memory back up: Approx. 1 hour (after min. 6minutes charge)Configuration Memory back up to 5 years.

MemoryContents(transmissionreservation)confirmation

LCD indication NO

Print out YES

Memory remainindication

YES (Memory available percent display 3 digits in % onLCD

Additionalinformationprintingfunction fortransmission

Page counter NO

Date printingYES (Year: month: day/ year in 4 digits)LCD: 2 digits / Print: 4 digits

Date indication change NO

Cover function Cover item

Other party’sname

YES

Other party’snumber

YES

Sender’s name YES

Sender’s number YES

Transmissionmessage

YES

Transmissionmessage

Regular messageNO MESSAGE/URGENT/IMPORTANT/CONFIDENTIAL/PLS.DISTRIBUTE/PLS.CALL BACK

User message NO

Sender printingfunction

Sender’s number 20 digits

Sender’s name 24 letters

Additionalprintingfunction forreceiving

Index printing YES

AR-F152

2 – 9


Record tablesystem

Communicationrecord function

Communication record tablesize

A4, LETTER, Legal (not output if size setting is not A4,LETTER, legal or larger)

Communication recordmemory capacity

50 communications for transmission/receiving respectively

Communication record table

Number ofcommunications

50 communications for transmission/receiving respectively

Time-specifiedoutput

YES 5 kinds, Every day, Each 2 day, Each 4 day, Oncea week, OFFThe print time is fixed at 00:00.

When recordingMemory is full

NO

Printingsequence

LAST IN LAST OUT

Department-by-departmentoutput

NO

Time-specifiedcommunication table

Common to transmission record table

Confidential receivingconfirmation table

NO

Communicationresult reportfunction

Communication result table(transmission)

YES (ALWAYS PRINT, ERROR/ TIMER, SEND ONLY,NEVER PRINT, ERROR ONLY)

Broadcast transmissionreport

NO

Communication result table(receiving)

YES

Document image printingwhen memory transmissionis not yet made

NO

Other report/list

Rapid key dialing list YES (output as telephone number list)

Speed dialing list YES (output as telephone number list)

Group dialing list YES

Transmission activity list YES

ID/sender list NO

Batch transmissionconfirmation list

NO

Confidential ID list NO

Option setting list YES

Telephone list YES

Timer list YES

Anti junk fax number list YES

Receptions activity List YES

Memory image erasure list NO

Others

Other partyconfirmationfunction

Other party confirmationdisplay

NO

CSI function CSI YES

Departmentmanagement

Department-by-departmentuser restriction

NO

Number of set departments NO

Department-by-departmentcharge management function

NO

Operation paneldisplay

LCD 20 letters by 2 lines

AR-F152

2 – 10


Others

Auto startupmode

NO

Distinctive Ring(Only NorthAmerica andAustralia)

YES

Powerconsumption

Energy star compatibility YES

AutomaticSummer Set(Only Europe)

YES

PBX setting(Only Europe)

YES

AR-F152

2 – 11

[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS1. Supply system tableA. SEC governments

No. Name Content Life Product name Package Remark

1 Toner CA(Black) with IC Toner(Toner :Net Weight 210g)Polyethylene bag

× 10

× 10

65K AR-152MT-J 1 ∗ Life setup is basedon A4 6%.MT=NT∗10

B. SEC/SECL/LAG



× 10

× 10

65K AR-152MT 1 ∗ Life setup is basedon A4 6%.MT=NT∗10

2 Developer Developer(Developer: Net Weight 170g)

× 10 250K AR-152MD 1 MD=ND∗10

3 Drum kit DrumDrum fixing plate

× 1 × 1

25K AR-152DR 10

Note: Printing of the master/individual cartons is made in 2 languages, English/French.Packed together with the machine: DR 25K/Developer UN/Process UN

C. Europe subsidiaries/East Europe/SCA/SCNZ



× 10

× 10

65K AR-152LT 1 LT=T∗10

2 Developer Developer(Developer :Net Weight 170g)

× 10 250K AR-152LD 1 LD=DV∗10


× 1 × 1

25K AR-152DM 10

Note: Printing of the master/individual cartons is made in 4 languages, English/French/German/Spanish.Packed together with the machine: DR 25K/Developer UN/Process UN

D. SMEF (Middle East, Africa) Israel/Russia/CIS/Taiwan/Philippines



× 10

× 10

65K AR-152ET 1 ∗ Life setup is basedon A4 6%.ET=FT∗10


× 10 250K AR-152CD 1 CD=SD∗10


× 1 × 1

25K AR-152DR 10


E. Asia (Subsidiary)

No.Name Content Life Product name Package Remark


× 10

× 10

65K AR-152CT 1 ∗ Life setup is basedon A4 6%.CT=ST∗10


× 10 250K AR-152CD 1 CD=SD∗10


× 1 × 1

25K AR-152DR 10


AR-F152

3 – 1

F. SRH/SOCC Chinese language version

No.Name Content Life Product name Package Remark


× 10

× 10

65K AR-152CT-C 1 ∗ Life setup is basedon A4 6%.CTC=STC∗10


× 10 250K AR-152CD-C 1 CDC=SDC∗10


× 1 × 1

25K AR-152DR-C 10

Note: Printing of the master/individual cartons is made in 2 languages, English/Chinese.Packed together with the machine: DR 25K/Developer UN/Process UN

2. EnvironmentalThe environmental conditions for assuring the copy quality and themachine operations are as follows:

(1) Normal operating condition Temperature:20˚C~25 Humidity:65 ± 5%RH

(2) Acceptable operating condition

(3) Optical condition

(4) Supply storage condition

3. Production control number(lot No.)identification

⟨Developing cartridge ⟩

∗:Destination

Division No.

EX DestinationA same pack G

B same pack H

Option DestinationA P

B Q

⟨Drum cartridge ⟩The label on the drum cartridge shows the date of production.(SOCC production)

⟨JAPAN production ⟩

Humidity (RH)

85%

60%

20%

10˚C 30˚C 35˚C

Humidity (RH)

90%

60%

15%

–25˚C 30˚C 40˚C

Humidity (RH)

90%

20%

–5˚C 45˚C

Production month

Production day

Destination code

(Dealer, distributor, OEM, etc.)

Production place

(SOCC: Fixed to B.)

End digit of year

Version No.

Production month

Production day

Destination code

(Dealer, distributor, OEM, etc.)

Production place

(SOCC: Fixed to B.)

End digit of year

Version No.

X000119Ver.A 1

Production month

(1 - 9 = Jan. - Sep. 0 = Oct. X = Nov. Y = Dec.)

Serial number of month

Fixed to 1.

Pack division

(See table below)

End digit of year

Version No.

AR-F152

3 – 2

Division No.

Ex production 1

Option 2

Same pack 3

∗1 The production control label is not attached to the cartridge of aChina product.

4. TD cartridge replacement1) Open the front and side cabinets of the copier.2) Keep holding Toner lover, and3) Carefully pull out Toner unit from the copier.

4) Put Toner unit in a collection bag immediately after removing it fromthe copier

Note: Never carry exposed Toner unit. Be sure to put it in the col-lection bag.

Production controllabel attachment position

Production controllabel attachment position(*1)

1

3

2

AR-F152

3 – 3

[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES

1. Appearance

1 Operation panel 2 Original table 3 SPF exit area ∗1

4 Original guides ∗1 5 Document feeder tray ∗1 6 FAX operation panel ∗1

7 Original cover 8 Side cover 9 Bypass tray

10 Bypass tray guides 11 Side cover open button 12 Front cover

13 Paper tray 14 R-SPF exit area ∗2 15 Middle tray ∗2

16 Original guides ∗2 17 Document feeder tray ∗2 18 Feeding roller cover ∗2

19 Handle 20 Cover for optional printer interface ∗ 21 Paper output tray

22 Paper output tray extension 23 Power switch 24 Power cord socket

∗ A GDI expansion kit is optional. ∗1 AR-F152 only ∗2 AR-156 only

2. Internal

1 Toner cartridge lock release lever 2 Toner cartridge 3 Photoconductive drum

4 Transfer charger 5 Charger cleaner 6 Fusing unit release lever

3 4

6

5

2

1

13

12

7

8

10

9

11

AR-F152 only

24

23

19

20

21

22

19

14 15 16

17

18

AR-156 only

1

2

3

4

56

AR-F152

4 – 1

3. Operation panel

1

Exposure mode selector key and indicatorsUse to sequentially select the exposure modes: AUTO,MANUAL or PHOTO. Selected mode is shown by a litindicator.

2

Light and dark keys and exposure indicatorsUse to adjust the MANUAL or PHOTO exposure level.Selected exposure level is shown by a lit indicator.Use to start and terminate user program setting.

3

Alarm indicators :Developer replacement required indicator :Misfeed indicator :TD cartridge replacement required indicator :Maintenance indicator

4SPF indicator(AR-156, AR-F152 only)

5SPF misfeed indicator(AR-156, AR-F152 only)

6

Copy ratio selector key and copy ratio indicatorsUse to sequentially select preset reduction/enlargementcopy ratios.Selected copy ratio is shown by a lit indicator.

7 Zoom indicator 8 Copy ratio display (%) key

9DisplayDisplays the specified copy quantity, zoom copy ratio,user program code, and error code.

10

ON LINE indicator / ON LINE KEYLights up when the machine is used as a printer.To use as a printer, an optional printer expansion kit isneeded.(AR-151, AR-156 only)

11

ON LINE KEYChanges between the on-line and off-line modes whenthe PCL expansion kit has been installed and a PCLprinter is used.Changes modes from the off-line to on-line when theGDI expansion kit has been installed and a GDI printeris used.(AR-151, AR-156 only)

12

DATA indicatorIndicates that the printer is receiving or processing printdata. To use the copier as a printer, an optional PCLexpansion kit is needed.(AR-151, AR-156 only)

13Power save indicatorLights up when the copier is in a power save mode.

14Tray select keyUse to select a paper feed station (paper tray orbypass tray).

15Paper feed location indicatorsLight up to show the selected paper feed station.

16Zoom keysUse to select any reduction or enlargement copy ratiofrom 50% to 200% in 1% increments.

17Copy quantity keys• Use to select the desired copy quantity (1 to 99).• Use to make user program entries.

18

Clear key• Press to clear the display, or press during a copy run

to terminate copying.• Press and hold down during standby to display the

total number of copies made to date.

19Print key and ready indicator• Copying is possible when the indicator is on.• Use to set a user program.

20Duplex Mode select key and indicator(AR-156 only)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

19181716151420

AR-F152

4 – 2

4. Operation Panel (AR-F152 only)

1

Left arrow key ( ) and right arrow key ( )Press these keys to scroll through a menu. Duringinput mode, these keys are also sometimes used tomove the cursor.

2FUNCTION keyPress this key to enter function mode.

3Liquid crystal displayShows various messages during fax operation andprogramming.

4BOOK SEND keyPress this key to fax a document from the original table.

5RESOLUTION keyPress this key to adjust the resolution before sendingfaxes.

6CONTRAST keyPress this key to adjust the contrast before sendingfaxes.

7

Rapid keysPress one of these keys to dial a fax or telephonenumber automatically.Press Rapid key 20 to start polling. (Note that youmust attach the Rapid key labels.)

8Number keysPress these keys to dial numbers, and enter numbersand letters during number/name storing procedures.

9

∗ / #Press these keys to enter symbols during the namestoring procedure.Press the “ ∗” key to change from pulse dialing totone dialing mode.

10

STOP keyPress this key to stop an operation before it iscompleted, or to delete the number that was last input.This key is also used to close the line when manuallydialing.

11FAX START keyPress this key to begin sending a fax or manuallyreceiving a fax.

12SPEAKER keyPress this key to begin manual dialing. (To close theline, press the SPEAKER key again.)

13

REDIAL/PAUSE keyPress this key to automatically redial the last numberyou dialed. Also, press this key to insert a pause whenentering numbers.

14

SPEED/SEARCH keyPress this key to dial a two digit Speed Dial number.During character inputting, use this key to delete anincorrect entry.Also, press this key twice to search for an automaticdialing number.

15DOCUMENT keyPress this key to perform a direct send fax transmission.

16BROADCAST keyPress this key to send documents to a group ofreceiving fax machines.

17RECEPTION MODE keyPress this key to select the mode of reception.

18A.M. lightThis light indicates the answering machine will answerthe line if properly connected.

19MANUAL lightThis light indicates that the machine must be answeredmanually.

20AUTO lightThis light indicates that the machine will answer themachine automatically.

21ENTER keyPress this key to decide an item in a menu, or to enternumbers and letters you have typed in.

22LCD contrast dialTurn this dial to adjust the contrast level of the LCD.

01 02 03 04 05

06 07 08 09 10

11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20/POLL

AUTOMANUALA.M.

DEF

MNO

WXYZ

ABC

JKL

TUV

GHI

PQRS

SPEAKER

BOOK SEND

DOCUMENT

FAX STARTSTOP

REDIAL/PAUSE

SPEED/SEARCH

ENTER

RESOLUTION CONTRAST BROADCASTRECEPTION

MODE

FUNCTION

12

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

22

21

AR-F152

4 – 3

5. Motors and solenoids

No. Part name Control signal Function operation

1 Toner motor TM Supplies toner.

2 Mirror motor MRMT Drives the optical mirror base (scanner unit).

3 SPF motor SPMT Drives the single pass feeder

4 Original feed solenoid SPUS Original feed solenoid

5 Cooling fan motor VFM Cools the optical section.

6 Main motor MM Drives the copier.

7 Resist roller solenoid RRS Resist roller rotation control solenoid

8 Multi paper feed solenoid MPFS Multi manual pages feed solenoid

9 Paper feed solenoid CPFS1 Cassette paper feed solenoid 1

10 Paper feed solenoid CPFS2 Cassette paper feed solenoid 2

11 Duplex Motor DMT Drivers the duplex paper transport section

111

23

54

6

7

8

910

AR-F152

4 – 4

6. Sensors and switches

No. Name Signal Type Function Output

1Mirror home positionsensor

MHPS Transmission sensorMirror (scanner unit) homeposition detection

“H” at home position

2 SDOD sensor SDOD Transmission sensorSPF open/close detectionBook sensor

“L” at paper pass

3 POD sensor POD Transmission sensor Paper exit detection “H” at paper pass

4 SPF sensorSPID/SDSW

Transmission sensorPaper entry detectionCover open/close detection

“L” at paper pass

5 SPPD sensor SPPD Transmission sensor Paper transport detection “L” at paper pass

6 PPD2 sensor PPD2 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 2 “L” at paper pass

7 Cassette detection switch CED1 MicroswitchCassette installationdetection

“H” at cassette insertion

8 Cassette detection switch CED2 MicroswitchCassette installationdetection

9 Paper size detection switch PSW1 MicroswitchDetects A4/Letter orsmaller sizes

1 or 0V of 5V at dooropen

10Paper size detectionswtich 2

PSW2 MicroswitchDetects A4/Letter orsmaller sizes



13 Door switch DSW Micro switchDoor open/close detection(safety switch for 5V)


14 Door switch DSW Micro switchDoor open/close detection(safety switch for 24V)


15 Drum reset switch DRST Micro switch New drum detection switchInstantaneously “H” atinsertion of new drum

12

3 4

5

67

8

91011121314

15

AR-F152

4 – 5

7. PWB unit

No. Name Function

1 Exposure lamp invertor PWB Exposure lamp (Xenon lamp) control

2 GDI/USB PWB For GDI/USB interface

3 Main PWB (MCU) Copier control

4 FAX control PWB For FAX control

5 Memory PWB 6MB For memorizing data

6 FAX operation PWB Operation input/LCD display

7 LSU PWB For laser control

8 LSU motor PWB For polygon motor drive

9 TCS PWB For toner sensor control

10 Operation PWB Operation input/display

11 CCD sensor PWB For image scanning

12 Power PWB AC power input, DC voltage control, High voltage control

1

23

4 5

6

7

8

910

12

11

AR-F152

4 – 6

8. Cross sectional view

No. Part name Function and operation

1 Paper exit roller Roller for paper exit

2 Lens unit Scans the original image with the lens and the CCD.

3 LSU (Laser unit) Converts the original image signal into laser beams and writes onto the drum.

4 Main charger Provides negative charges evenly to the drum surface.

5 Paper exit roller Discharges documents.

6 Pickup roller Picks up documents.

7 Separation roller Separates documents to feed properly.

8 PS roller Feeds documents to the scanning section.

9 Scanner unit Illuminates the original with the copy lamp and passes the reflected light to the lens unit (CCD).

10 Exposure lamp Exposure lamp (Xenon lamp) Illuminates original

11 Heat roller Fuses toner on the paper. (Teflon roller)

12 Pressure roller Fuses toner on the paper. (Silicon rubber roller)

13 Drum Forms images.

14 Transfer unit Transfers images onto the drum.

15 Pickup roller Picks up the manual feed paper. (In multi feed only)

16Manual paper feedtray

Tray for manual feed paper

17Manual paper feedroller

Transport the paper from the manual paper feed port.

18 PS roller unit Takes synchronization between the lead edge and the rear edge of the paper.

19 Paper feed roller Picks up a sheet of paper from the cassette.

1 2

3 45 6 7

8

9

101112131415

17

16

(AR-F152)1819

AR-F152

4 – 7

[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION

1. COPIER INSTALLATIONImproper installation may damage the copier. Please note thefollowing during initial installation and whenever the copier ismoved.

Caution: If the copier is moved from a cool place to a warmplace, condensation may form inside the copier.Operation in this condition will cause poor copyquality and malfunctions. Leave the copier at roomtemperature for at least 2 hours before use.

Do not install your copier in areas that are: damp, humid, or very dusty

exposed to direct sunlight

poorly ventilated

subject to extreme temperature or humidity changes, e.g.,near an air conditioner or heater.

The copier should be installed near an accessible power outletfor easy connection.

Be sure to connect the power cord only to a power outlet thatmeets the specified voltage and current requirements.Also make certain the outlet is properly grounded.

Be sure to allow the required space around the machine forservicing and proper ventilation.

2. CAUTIONS ON HANDLINGBe careful in handling the copier as follows to maintain the per-formance of this copier.

Do not drop the copier, subject it to shock or strike it againstany object.

Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight.Doing so will damage the surface (green portion) of the drumcartridge, causing poor print quality.

Store spare supplies such as drum cartridges and TDcartridges in a dark place without removing from the packagebefore use.

If they are exposed to direct sunlight, poor print quality mayresult.

Do not touch the surface (green portion) of the drum cartridge.

Doing so will damage the surface of the cartridge, causing poorprint quality.

8"(20cm)8"(20cm)

4"(10cm)

4"(10cm)

AR-F152

5 – 1

3. CHECKING PACKED COMPONENTS ANDACCESSORIES

Open the carton and check if the following components and ac-cessories are included.

4. UNPACKINGBe sure to hold the handles on both sides of the copier to un-pack the copier and carry it to the installation location.

5. REMOVING PROTECTIVE PACKINGMATERIALS

1) Remove pieces of tape and protective cover. Then open theoriginal cover and remove protective materials (a) and (b).

2) Use a coin (or suitable object) to remove the screw.Store the screw in the paper tray because it will be used ifthe copier has to be moved.

6. Developer unit INSTALLATION 1) 2) 3) Open the side and front cabinets of the copier. 4) Remove the locking tape of the developer unit. 5) Remove the screw which is fixing the copier and

Developer unit. 6) Remove Developer unit slowly from the copier.

7) Remove the screw (1 pc). 8) Remove Upper developer unit.

9) Shake the aluminum bag to stir developer10) Supply developer from the aluminum bag to the top of the

MX roller evenly.

Note: Be careful not to splash developer outside Developerunit.

11) Attach Upper developer unit and fix it with a screw.

Copier

Power cord

Line cordFAX modelonly

Drum cartridge (installed in copier)

2

4

5

3

1

AR-F152

5 – 2

12) Rotate the MG roller gear to distribute developer evenly.

Note: Never rotate the gear in the reverse direction.Note: When carrying Developer unit, do not tilt it extremely

as shown with the arrow in the figure below.(Prevention of splash of developer)

13) Insert Developer unit carefully into the copier.Note: Quick insertion may result in splash of developer. Be

sure to insert carefully.14) Confirm that Developer unit is completely inserted to the

bottom of the machine, fix Developer unit and the machinewith a screw.

15) Completion of Developer unit installation

7. TONER CARTRIDGE INSTALLATION1) To prevent against uneven distribution of toner, hold Toner

unit with both hands and shake it several times horizontally.

2) Hold the section of Toner unit shown in the figure below,remove the packing tape, and remove the cushion.

3) Pull out the cushion in the arrow direction.

4) Insert Toner unit carefully into the copier.5) Insert until the hook is engaged with the copier as shown in

the figure below.

6) Pull out the shutter in the arrow direction.

Note: Do not hold and carry the shutter. Otherwise the shut-ter may drop and Toner unit may drop.

7) Completion of Toner unit installationClose the front and side cabinets.

8. LOADING COPY PAPERNote: This copier is equipped with two paper trays. Load copy

paper into the two paper trays.

1) Raise the handle of the paper tray and pull the paper trayout until it stops.

2) Remove the pressure plate lock. Rotate the pressure platelock in the direction of the arrow to remove it while pressingdown the pressure plate of the paper tray.

AR-F152

5 – 3

3) Store the pressure plate lock which has been removed instep 2 and the screw which has been removed when un-packing (see page 4-2, step 2 of REMOVING PROTEC-TIVE PACKING MATERIALS) in the front of the paper tray.To store the pressure plate lock, rotate the lock to fix it onthe relevant location.

4) Adjust the paper guides on the paper tray to the copy paperwidth and length.Squeeze the lever of paper guide (A) and slide the guide tomatch with the width of the paper.Move paper guide (B) to the appropriate slot as marked onthe tray.

5) Fan the copy paper and insert it into the tray. Make sure theedges go under the corner hooks.

Note: Do not load paper above the maximum height line ( ).Exceeding the line will cause a paper misfeed.

6) Gently push the paper tray back into the copier.Note: After loading copy paper, to cancel the blinking “P”

without restarting copying, press the clear ( ) key.The “P” in the display will go out and the ready ( ) in-dicator will light up.

9. Connecting the Telephone Line CordPlug one end of the telephone line cord into the jack on the unitmarked “LINE” .Plug the other side into a standard (RJ11C)single-line telephone wall jack. Be sure not to plug this line cordinto the “TEL” jack. The “TEL” jack is used to attach an exten-sion telephone or answering machine to the unit. (See “Con-necting Other Devices” in this chapter for details.)

Note: If your area experiences a high incidence of lightning orpower surges, we recommend that you install surgeprotectors for the power and telephone lines. Surgeprotectors can be purchased from your dealer or at mosttelephone specialty stores.

10. Connecting Other DevicesIf desired, an answering machine or external telephone can beconnected to the unit through the telephone jack, labeled “TEL”,on the rear of the unit.

Connecting an answering machine to the unit allows you toreceive both voice and fax messages when you are out. Touse this feature, first change the outgoing message of youranswering machine, and then set the reception mode of theunit to “A.M”. (Answering Machine mode) when you go out.

Note: If you are using distinctive ringing with an answeringmachine, you do not need to follow the proceduredescribed below. (Please note that when distinctive ring-ing is used, the answering machine must be connectedto a separate wall jack, not to your fax.)

The outgoing message of your answering machine should bechanged to inform callers who want to send a fax to press theirFAX START key.

Comments:1) It is advisable to keep the length of the message under 10

seconds. If it is too long, you may have difficulty receivingfaxes sent by automatic dialing.

2) Your callers can even leave a voice message and send afax message on the same call. Modify your outgoing mes-sage to explain that this can be done by pressing their FAXSTART key after leaving their voice message.

You can connect an extension phone to the unit to make andreceive calls like any other extension phone on your line.Even if you pick up the extension phone and hear a fax tone,the unit will automatically cut in and take over the line. Note,however, that if you also have a PC modem on the sameline, you must turn on the Remote Reception function, anddeactivate the Fax Signal Receive function. See “Setting Upthe Unit for Use with a PC Modem” and “Using the RemoteReception Function” in Chapter 2).

Note: The Remote Reception function is initially set to “ON”.

11. POWER TO COPIER1) Ensure that the power switch of the copier is in the OFF

position. Insert the attached power cord into the power cordsocket at the rear of the copier.

2) Plug the other end of the power cord into the nearest outlet.

Paper guide (B) Paper guide (A)

LINE

TEL

AR-F152

5 – 4

[6] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS1. Outline of operationThe outline of operation is described referring to the basic configuration.

(Basic configuration)

(Outline of copy operation)

Setting conditions1) Set copy conditions such as the copy quantity and the copy density with the operation section, and press the COPY button. The information

on copy conditions is sent to the MCU.

Image scanning2) When the COPY button is pressed, the scanner section starts scanning of images.

The light from the copy lamp is reflected by the document and passed through the lens to the CCD.

Photo signal/Electric signal conversion3) The image is converted into electrical signals by the CCD circuit and passed to the MCU.

Image process4) The document image signal sent from the CCD circuit is processed under the revised conditions and sent to the LSU (laser unit) as print data.

Electric signal/Photo signal (laser beam) conversion5) The LSU emits laser beams according to the print data.

(Electrical signals are converted into photo signals.)6) The laser beams are radiated through the polygon mirror and various lenses to the OPC drum.

Printing7) Electrostatic latent images are formed on the OPC drum according to the laser beams, and the latent images are developed to be visible im-

ages (toner images).8) Meanwhile the paper is fed to the image transfer section in synchronization with the image lead edge.9) After the transfer of toner images onto the paper, the toner images are fused to the paper by the fusing section. The copied paper is discharged

onto the exit tray.

Operationsection

Scanner sectionCCD

MCU (Main control/image process section)

Laser beamPaper exit

Fusing section

Paper transport section

Manual paperfeed section

Cassette paperfeed section

Printer section

LSU (Laser unit)Laser diode, Polygon mirror lens

Process section

AR-F152

6 – 1

2. Scanner section

A. How to scan documentsThe scanner has sensors that are arranged in a line. These sensors scan acertain area of a document at a time and deliver outputs sequentially. Whenthe line is finished, the next line is scanned, and this procedure is repeated.The figure below shows the case where the latter two sections of an imagewhich are scanned are shown with solid lines and the former two sectionswhich are being transmitted are shown with dotted lines.The direction of this line is called “main scanning direction,” and the scanningdirection “sub scanning direction.”In the figure above, one line is divided into 4 sections. Actually, however, oneline is divided into thousands of sections. For scanning, the light receiving ele-ment called CCD is used.The basic resolution indicates the scanner capacity. The basic resolution is ex-pressed in dpi (dot/inch) which shows the number of light emitting elements perinch on the document.The basic resolution of this machine is 400dpi.In the sub scanning direction, at the same time, the motor that drives the op-tical system is controlled to scan the image at the basic resolution.

B. Basic structure of scanner section

1 Copy lamp (Xenon lamp) 2 Reflector (light conversion plate) 3 No. 1 mirror

4 No. 2 mirror 5 No. 3 mirror 6 Lens

7 No. 2/3 mirror unit 8 Copy lamp unit 9 CCD

10 Mirror motor 11 MHPS (Mirror home position sensor)

The scanner unit performs scanning in the digital optical system.The light from the light source (Xenon lamp) is reflected by a document and passed through three mirrors and reduction lenses to the CCD element(image sensor) where images are formed. This system is known as the reduction image sensor system. Photo energy on the CCD element is con-verted into electrical signals (analog signals). (Photo-electric conversion). The output signals (analog signals) are converted into digital signals (A/Dconversion) and passed to the MCU (main control/image process section). The resolution at that time is 400dpi.The mirror unit in the scanner section is driven by the mirror motor.The MHPS is provided to detect the home position of the copy lamp unit.

(6)(5)

(4)

(3)

(2)(1)

(10)

(11)

(9)

(8)

(7)

1

2

3

4

5

5 4 3 2 1

Sub scanning direction

Sensor scanning area

Main scanning direction

Original

Image data sent to the ICU PWB

To MCU PWB

3. Laser unitThe image data sent from the MCU (image process circuit) is sent tothe LSU (laser unit), where it is converted into laser beams.

A. Basic structureThe LSU unit is the writing section of the digital optical system.The semiconductor laser is used as the light source, and images areformed on the OPC drum by the polygon mirror and fθ lens, etc.The laser beams are passed through the collimator lens, the cylindricallens, the polygon mirror, the fθ lens, and the mirror to form images onthe OPC drum in the main scanning direction. The laser emitting PWBis provided with the APC (auto power control) in order to eliminate fluc-tuations in the laser power. The BF PWB works for measurement of thelaser writing start point.

(1)(2)(3)

(4)

(5)

: Laser beampath for BF PWB

AR-F152

6 – 2

No. Component Function

(1) Semiconductor laser Generates laser beams.

(2) Collimator lensConverges laser beams inparallel.

(3)Polygon mirror,polygon motor

Reflects laser beams at aconstant rpm.

(4)BD (Mirror, lens,PWB)

Detects start timing of laserscanning.

(5) fθ lens

Converges laser beams at aspot on the drum.

Makes the laser scanningspeeds at both ends of thedrum same as each other.(Refer to the figure below.)

Makes the laser scanning speeds at both ends of the drum same aseach other.

B. Laser beam path

C. Composition

Effective scanning width: 216mm (max.)

Resolution: 600dpi

Beam diameter: 75um in the main scanningdirection, 80um in the sub scanningdirection

Image surface power:0.20 ±0.03mW (Laser wavelength780 – 795nm)

Polygon motor section:Brushless motor 20.787rpmNo. of mirror surfaces: 6 surfaces

4. Fuser section

A. General descriptionGeneral block diagram (cross section)

Top view

(1) Heat rollerA Teflon roller is used for the heat roller and a silicone rubber roller isused for the lower heat roller for better toner fusing performance andpaper separation.

(2) Separator pawlThree separator pawls are used on the upper heat roller. The separatorpawls are teflon coated to reduce friction with the roller and prevent asmear on the paper caused by the separator pawl.

a ≠ b ≠ ca b c

d = e = fd e f

fθ LENS

Heat rollerThermistor

Thermal fuse

Heater lamp

Separator pawl

Separator pawl

PPD2

Thermal fuse

Thermistor

Heat roller

Paper guide

Pressure roller

AR-F152

6 – 3

(3) Thermal control1. The heater lamp, thermistor, main PWB, DC power supply PWB,

and triac within the power supply unit are used to control thetemperature in the fuser unit.To prevent against abnormally high temperature in the fuser unit, athermal breaker and thermal fuse are used for safety purposes.

2. The surface temperature of the upper heat roller is set to 165˚C ∼190˚C. The surface temperature during the power save mode is setto 100˚C.

3. The self-check function comes active when one of the followingmalfunctions occurs, and an "H" is displayed on the multicopy win-dow.

a. When the heat roller surface temperature rises above 240˚C.b. When the heat roller surface temperature drops below 100˚C

during the copy cycle.c. Open thermistord. Open thermal fusee. When the heat roller temperature does not reach 190˚C within

27 second after supplying the power.

(4) Fusing resistorFusing resistorThis model is provided with a fusing resistor in the fusing section to im-prove transfer efficiency.General descriptions are made in the following.

General descriptionsSince the upper heat roller is conductive when copy paper is highlymoist and the distance between the transfer unit and the fusing unit isshort, the transfer current leaks through the copy paper, the upper heatroller and the discharging brush.

Saftey device(Thermal breaker, thermalfuse)

Triac (in thepower supply unit)

Level of the thermistor iscontrolled by the main PWB.

With th e signal from themain PWB, the triac iscontrolled on and o ff.(power supply PWB )

Heated by the heaterlamp.(950W)

The surface temperatureof the upper heat roller issensed by the thermistor.

5. Paper feed section and paper transport sectionA. Paper transport path and general operations

(1) Scanner unit (6) Main charger (11) Pickup roller

(2) Copy lamp (7) Heat roller (12) Manual paper feed tray

(3) Lens unit (8) Pressure roller (13) Manual paper feed roller

(4) LSU (Laser unit) (9) Drum (14) PS roller unit

(5) Paper exit roller (10) Transfer unit (15) Paper feed roller

Paper feed is made in two ways; the tray paper feed and the manual paper feed. The tray is of universal-type, and has the capacity of 250 sheets.The front loading system allow you to install or remove the tray from the front cabinet.The general descriptions on the tray paper feed and the manual paper feed are given below.

(2) (4)(1) (3)(5) (6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)(11)

(13) (12)(14)(15)

AR-F152

6 – 4

(1) Cassette paper feed operation1) The figure below shows the positions of the pick-up roller, the paper

feed clutch sleeve, and the paper feed latch in the initial statewithout pressing the COPY button after lighting the ready lamp.The paper feed latch is in contact with the projection of the clutchsleeve.

2) When the COPY button is pressed, the main drive motor startsrotating to drive each drive gear.The pick-up drive gear also is driven at that time. Since, however,the paper feed latch is in contact with the projection of the clutchsleeve, rotation of the drive gear is not transmitted to the pick-uproller, which does not rotate.

3) After about 0.1 sec from when the main motor start rotating, thetray paper feed solenoid (PFS) turns on momentarily.This disengages the paper feed latch from the projection of theclutch sleeve, transmitting rotation of the pick-up drive gear to thepaper feed roller shaft, rotating the pick-up roller to feed the paper.

4) After more than half rotation of the pick-up roller, the paper feedlatch is brought in contact with the projection of the clutch sleeve,stopping rotation of the pick-up roller.

5) At this time, the paper is fed past the paper entry detection switch(PPD1), and detected by it. After about 0.15 sec from detection ofpaper by PPD1, the tray paper feed solenoid (PFS) turns on so thatthe clutch sleeve projection comes into contact with the paper feedlatch to stop the pick-up roller. Then the pick-up roller rotates forabout 0.15 sec so that the lead edge of the paper is evenly pressedon the resist roller, preventing against skew feeding.

6) To release the resist roller, the tray paper feed solenoid and theresist solenoid are turned on by the paper start signal to disengagethe resist start latch from the clutch sleeve projection, transmittingrotation of the resist drive gear to the resist roller shaft. Thus thepaper is transported by the resist roller.

7) After the resist roller starts rotating, the paper is passed through thepre-transfer guide to the transfer section. Images are transferred onthe paper, which is separated from the OPC drum by the drumcurve and the separation section.

8) The paper separated from the drum is passed through the fusingpaper guide, the heat roller (fusing section), POD (paper out detec-tor) to the copy tray.

OFF

PFS

OFF

RRS

OFF

PFS

OFF

RRS

ON

PFS

OFF

RRS

OFF

PFS

ON

RRS

AR-F152

6 – 5

(2) Manual multi paper feed operation1) Before paper feed operation, the manual paper feed solenoid

(MPFS) is turned OFF as shown in the figure below.

2) When the PRINT button is pressed, the manual paper feedsolenoid (MPFS) turns on to disengage the manual paper feed latchA from the manual paper feed clutch sleeve A, rotating the manualpaper feed roller and the manual take-up roller. At the same time,the manual paper feed stopper opens and the manual take-up rolleris pressed to the surface of the paper to start paper feeding.

3) When pawl C of the manual paper feed clutch sleeve is hung on themanual feed latch, the manual feed stopper falls and the manualtake-up roller rises. At that time, the manual paper feed roller isrotating.

4) The lead edge of the transported paper is pressed on the resistroller by the transport roller. Then the paper is stopped temporarilyto make synchronization with the lead edge of the image on theOPC drum.The operations hereinafter are the same as the paper feed opera-tions from the tray. (Refer to A-5 ∼ 8.)

5) The solenoid turns off to close the gate and return to the initialstate.

(3) Conditions of occurrence of paper misfeeda. When the power is turned on:

PPD or POD is ON when the power is turned on.b. Copy operation

a. PPD1 jam 1) PPD1 does not turn off within 4 secafter turning on the resist roller.

b. PPD2 jam 1) PPD2 is off immediately after turning onthe resist roller.

2) PPD2 does not turn off within 1.2 secafter turning off the resist roller.

OFMPFS

F

C A

ON

MPFS

A

C

ON

MPFS

A

C

OF

MPFS

F

A

C

AR-F152

6 – 6

c. POD jam 1) POD does not turn on within 2.9 secafter turning on the resist roller.

2) POD does not turn off within 1.5 sec ∼2.7 sec after turning off PPD2.

6. Process unit new drum detection mechanism1) When the power is turned on, the detection gear 38T is rotated in

the arrow direction by the detection gear 20T to push the micros-witch (process detection switch) installed to the machine sensorcover, making a judgement as a new drum.

2) When the detection gear 38T turns one rotation, there is no gearany more and it stops.The latch section of the 38T gear is latched and fixed with theprojection of the process cover.

Gear 20T

Process detection switch

Gear 38T

Gear notch

Gear pawl

Projection

Gear notch

Gear pawl

Projection

7. FAX-SPF section (AR-F152 only)A. OutlineThe SPF (Single Path Feeder) is installed to the AR-F152 as a standard provision, and it automatically copies up to 30 sheets of documents of asame size. (Only one set of copies)

B. Document transport path and basic composition

(1) Pickup roller (2) Sheet of document for paper feed (3) Set detection ACT

(4) Paper stopper (5) Document feed roller (6) Separation sheet

(7) Paper entry sensor (8) PS roller D (9) Transport follower roller

(10) Paper exit roller (11) Paper exit follower roller (12) Document tray

AR-F152

6 – 7

C. Operational descriptions

D. Cases where a document jam is causeda. When SPPD is ON (document remaining) when the power is turned on.b. When SPPD is not turned ON within about 1.5 sec (at 100% copy) after starting the document feed operation.c. When SPPD is not turned on within about 4.7 sec (at 100% copy) after turning on SPPD.d. When the SPF document jam release door or the OC cover is opened during document transport (SPF motor rotating).

SPID ON

PSW ON

MIRM rotation

MM rotation

CPFS ON

SPFM rotation

SPUS ON

Document set

Document set sensor

Document feed unit lamp ON

PPD ON

RRC ON SPPD ON

POD ON

Copy start

The scanner is shiftedto the exposure position.

(Copier side)

Main motor rotation

Paper feed

Synchronization

(Transfer)

(Fusing) (Document exit)

Paper transport

(Exposure)

In the zooming mode, the magnification ratio in the sub scanning direction (paper transport direction) is adjustedby changing the document transport speed.

(Paper exit)

SPF motor rotation

Document feed

Document transport sensor

Document transport

(SPF side)

Time chart (Tray feed)

AR-F152

6 – 8

Gate OFF

Lower Side of Gate

Gate ON

Gate ON

Upper Side of Gate

Gate ON

Gate OFF

8. D-D (Duplex to Duplex) modepaper/document transport (AR-156 only)

A. Initial stateSet duplex documents on the document tray.Set paper on the cassette. (In the duplex mode, the manual feed traycannot be selected.)

B. Front copyDocument transport: The document feed roller feeds the document

from the paper feed roller to the PS roller.→ The document is exposed in the exposure

section, and sent to the document exit sectionby the transport/paper exit roller.

→ R-SPF gate solenoid ON→ The document is sent to the intermediate tray

(but not discharged completely.)→ The document is stopped once, then

switchback operation is performed. (To theback copy)

Paper transport: The document is passed through the paper feedroller and the PS roller by the paper feed rollerand the images on the front surface are trans-ferred.→ The paper is passed through the fusing sec-

tion and the lower side of the gate section tothe paper exit tray side, (but not dischargedcompletely.)

→ It is stopped once and switchback operationis performed. (To the back copy)

C. Back copyDocument transport: By switchback operation, the document is sent

through the PS roller to the exposure section,where the back of the document is exposed.→ It is sent to the document exit section by the

transport roller and the paper exit roller.→ R-SPF gate solenoid ON. The document is

sent to the intermediate tray, (but not dis-charged completely.)

→ It is stopped once and switchback operationis performed.

→ It is sent through the PS roller and the ex-posure section (without exposure operation)to the document exit section.

→ R-SPF gate solenoid OFF→ The document is discharged to the document

exit tray.Paper transport: Switchback operation is performed.

→ The paper is sent through the upper side ofthe gate section and the duplex transport sec-tion, and the PS roller, and the images on theback are transferred.

→ It is sent through the fusing section and dis-charged to the paper exit tray.

Switchback operation is made after back copying in order to dischargedocuments according to the setting.Set document Documents after discharge,

1with empty feed

4without empty feed

32 3 43 2 14 1 2

There are following job modes as well as D-D mode.

S - S (Simplex to Simplex)S - D (Simplex to Duplex), Rotation copy mode (The back images are

rotated 180˚.)S - D (Simplex to Duplex), Copy mode without rotationD - S (Duplex to Simplex)

Rotation copy mode:The front and the back are upside down to each other.Copy mode without rotation:The front and the back are not upside down.

AR-F152

6 – 9

9. FAX-OPERATION FLOWCHART (AR-F152 only)

TD

ER DR

DL

WT

TD1

TD

Line out routine

CML signal OFF

Beep alam END beep

CML signal OFF

Send DCN

Communicatinon error flag ON

Send DCN

WT

FLOW-VE1

Start

RX

Cl signal received?

CML ON

Button pressed? Auto dial

AU

CML ON

OFF HOOK? OFF HOOK?

CML ON

Documents exist?

START key pressed?

RX TX

No No

No

No

No No

YesYes

Yes

Yes

YesYes

AR-F152

6 – 10

TX

TX3

TX1

Tum on TEL LED

Command received?

DIS or DTC

Polling mode?

Set mode

ER

RX1

Insert document

Send DCS

Make 75msec delay

Send traning

Send TCF

Response received?

DIS?

DTC?

FTT?

CFR?

Document on?

Send traning?

Send image information

Send RTC

75msec delay

TX2

ER

T1 elapsed?

TD

TD

TX6

TD1

TD

TX1

3 retrys?

3 retrys?

Fall back possible?

TD1

Tx3

3 times?

Send EOM

Response received?

PIN or PIP

MCF

RTP

RTN

TX6

TD1

TX2

3 times?

TD

RTN

RTP

MCF

PIN or PIP

Response received?

Send MPS

Mode change?

Last document

Send EOP

Response received? 3 times?

TD1

TD

DL

TX7RTN

RTP

MCF

PIN or PIP

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES NO

YESNO

YES

NO

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

YESNO

NONO

YESYES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NONO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YESNO

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

YES

YES

NO

FLOW-VE-2

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

NO

NO

YES

AR-F152

6 – 11

FLOW-VE-3

RX

2sec delay

Send CED

75ms delay

Polling mode

Send (NSF) DIS

RX1

ER

T1 elapsed?

TD

TX1

Send (NSC) DTC?

TX2

Send DCN

CML OFF

Beep

STOP

EOMRX1

DTC

DIS

DCS

Enough Memory?

Set mode on this side

Receive training TCF

TCF good?

Send CFR

Set T2

Set communication error flag

ER TL2

RX3

Send RTN Send RTP

Line good?

Image quality good?

Send MCF

RX2

ER

EOM

EOP

MPS

PR1-Q

Command received?

T2 elapsed?

Message carrier received?

Send FTTRX2

Message in received?

RTC received?

Receive message

Memory Full?

NO

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

3 sec msx. NO

YES

YES

NO

YES

YES

YES

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NOResponse received?

Send (NSF) (CSI)-DIS 2times

Answer procedure

YES

AR-F152

6 – 12

1 T4 elapsed?NO

NO

FLOW-VE-4

Response received?

Flag?

Flag received?

FCS error?

CRP?

RCN

Option response?

Retum "YES"Retum "NO"

1ER

NONO

3sec elapsed? Signal end?

200ms elapsed?NO

1

Signal end?

200ms elapsed?

1TD

3sec elapsed?NONO

NO

DR

2

NO

NO

NO

YES

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

Process againstoption response

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

YES

YES

Retum "NO"

Retum "YES"

3sec elapsed?

200ms elapsed?

Signal end?

Flag?

3sec elapsed?Signal end?

ER

DR

YES

YES

DCN

FCS error?

Option response?

Process againstoption response

CRP?

200ms elapsed?

Response CRP

Reset T2

Frame received?

YES

YES

NO

NONO

NOYES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

YES

Command received?

NO

NONONO

NO

NO

AR-F152

6 – 13

Auto dial sending

Enter

Relay ON

Dial Tone?

OVER 3sec?

Recall

Pulse or tone

Signal send byMODEM

RegistrationTEL end

Pulse send byrelay

Pause 2sec

Send CNG

Busy or ReorderTone?

Recall

Preambles

CED?

45sec

Recall Phase B

NO

NOYES

NO

Tone Pulse

YES

YES

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

AR-F152

6 – 14

[7] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLYBefore disassembly, be sure to disconnect the power cord for safety.The disassembly and assembly procedures are described for the fol-lowing sections:1. High voltage section2. Operation panel section3. Optical section4. Fusing section5. Tray paper feed/transport section6. Manual paper feed section7. Rear frame section8. Power section9. SPF section10. 2nd cassette section11. DUP motor section12. Reverse roller section13. RSPF section14. FAX MCU PWB section15. FAX-SPF section

1. High voltage sectionA. List

No. Part name Ref.

1 Drum

2 Transfer charger unit

3 Charger wire

B. Drum replacement1) Remove the drum cover. (4 Lock Tabs)

2) Remove the drum fixing plate and the photoconductor drum.(Note) Dispose the drum fixing plate which was removed.

3) Check the cleaning blade and the red felt for no damage. • If there is any damage, execute all procedures from item 5) and

later. • If there is no damage, execute the procedure of item 12).

4) Remove the main charger. (Cleaning the screen grid and the sawteeth.)

(2)

(3)

LO CK

AR-F152

7 – 1

5) Remove the cleaning blade. Note: Dispose the cleaning blade which was removed.

6) Clean the cleaning section and the waste toner pipe to removewaste toner completely with a vacuum cleaner.

7) Remove the felt and duplex tape completely. Note: Be careful not to scratch or bend the sub blade.

8) Attach the cleaning blade.Securely insert the plate section of the cleaning blade into the unitand fix it with a screw.Do not touch the cleaning blade rubber with your hand.When attaching the cleaning blade, press the cleaning blade in thearrow direction and attach.

9) Attach the felt.

Attach the mocket with slightly pressing section A of the cleaning blade.Do not touch the tip of the cleaning blade.Do not put the mocket under the cleaning blade.Do not put the mocket on the sub blade.Do not press the sub blade with the mocket.10) Attach the main charger.

Securely set the MC holder on the projection of the process frame.Securely insert two projections of the MC holder into the groovein the process frame.When attaching the MC holder ass’y, be careful not to make con-tact with the cleaning blade.

11) Attach the drum fixing plate and the photoconductor drum.Apply grease to the inside of the photoconductor drum. (Dia. 2)

Attach the drum from (b). (Prevention against the sub blade edgebreakage)Attach the drum so that its position with the sub blade is as shown.

AR-F152

7 – 2

12) Attach the detection gear.Note:• The detection gear is not installed to the drum cartridge packed

with the main body. Add a new one.

13) Attach the drum cover.Note: After attaching the drum cover, do not make a copy.

When attaching the drum cover, engage the detection gear20T rib with the 30T gear rib, and attach the drum cover tothe process frame.

C. Disassembly procedure(1) Press the side cover open/close button and open the side cover.

(2) Push up the lock pawls (2 positions) of the side cover, and removethe transfer charger.

D. Assembly procedureFor assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.

E. Charger wire cleaning(1) Remove the charger cleaner from the manual paper feed unit.

2)

1)

1)Transfercharger

Lock pawl rear

Lock pawl front

1)

1)

2)

AR-F152

7 – 3

(2) Set the charger cleaner to the transfer unit, and move it reciprocal-ly a few times in the arrow direction shown in the figure below.

F. Charger wire replacement(1) Remove the TC cover and remove the screw.(2) Remove the spring and remove the charger wire.(3) Install a new charger wire by reversing the procedures (1) and (2).

At that time, be careful of the following items. The rest of the charger wire must be within 1.5mm. The spring hook section (charger wire winding section) must be

in the range of the projection section. Be careful not to twist the charger wire.

2. Operation panel sectionA. List

No. Part name Ref.

1 Operation panel unit

2 Operation PWB

B. Disassembly procedure(1) Remove the screws (4 pcs.), the harness, and the operation panel

unit.

(2) Remove the screws (3 pcs.) and the PWB holder.(3) Remove the screws (3 pcs.) and the operation PWB.

1)

2)

3)4)

1mm

1.5mm

1)

1)

2)

3)

Charger wire

Protrusion

1)

2)

3)

1)

1)

4)

3)

1)

2)

3)

3)

Note that there are 13 pawls

AR-F152

7 – 4

C. Assembly procedureFor assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure

3. Optical sectionA. List

NO. Part name Ref.

1 Copy lamp unit

2 Copy lamp

3 Lens unit

B. Disassembly procedure(1) Remove the parts as shown below.

(2) Remove the screws (2pcs.), and remove the copy lamp unit fromthe mirror base drive wire.

(3) Pull the copy lamp unit toward you to remove the harness.

(4) Remove the screw (4 pc) and remove the cover.

2)1)

9)

1)

3)4)

6)

8)

10)

7)

5)

Hook

1)

2)3)

1)

2)

2)

3)

3)

4)

4)

1)

2)

3)

AR-F152

7 – 5

(5) Remove the screws (2 pcs.), the harness, and the optical unit.

When installing the lens unit, refer to “8-6. Lens unit installation refer-ence.”

C. Assembly procedureBasically reverse the disassembly procedure.The mirror base drive wire and the lens drive wire stretching methodsare described below.a. Mirror base drive wire stretching

1. Hook the metal fixture of the mirror base drive wire on theprojection of the optical base plate.

2. Pass the wire through the external groove of the double pulley.(At that time, check that No. 2/3 mirror unit is in contact with themirror base positioning plate.)

3. Hold so that the winding pulley groove is up, and wind the mirrorbase drive wire 9 turns.

4. Put the 8th turn of the mirror base drive wire in the winding pul-ley groove and fix with a screw.

5. Pass the wire under No. 2/3 mirror unit plate and wind it aroundpulley A.

6. Pass the wire through the internal groove of the double pulley,and pass through pulley B.

7. Hook the spring hook on the optical base plate.

After installing the mirror base drive wire, be sure to perform mainscanning direction image distortion adjustment.

4. Fusing sectionA. List

No. Part name Ref.

1 Thermistor

2 PPD2 sensor

3 Heater lamp

4 Pressure roller

5 Heat roller

B. Disassembly procedure(1) Remove the connectors (3 pcs.) of the rear cabinet.(2) Open the side cover, remove two screws, and remove the fusing

unit.

(3) Cut the binding band, remove the screw, and remove the thermis-tor.

1)

2)

3)

4)

5)

6

3

2

7

3

6

7

5 1

1

2

4

6

2

5

66

6

2

Wind closely

Wind closely

6

3

2

7

3

6

7

5 1

1

2

4

6

2

5

66

6

2

Wind closely

Wind closely

1)

2)

3)Thermistor

1)

2)3)

2)

AR-F152

7 – 6

(4) Remove the screw and remove the U-turn guide.

Pressure roller section disassembly(5) Remove the three screws, remove the fusing cover lower on the

right side, and open the heat roller section.

(6) Remove the screw and remove the PPD2 sensor.

(7) Remove the plate spring on the right and remove the heater lamp.

(8) Remove the spring and remove the separation pawls (3 pcs.).

(9) Remove the E-ring and remove the reverse gate.

1)

2)

1)

5)

5)

6)

6)

4)3)

2)

1)

2)PPD2 sensor

1)

2)

Hearter lamp

3)

1)

2)

2)

1)

3)

AR-F152

7 – 7

(10) Remove the pressure release levers on the right and the leftsides.

(11) Remove the pressure roller, the pressure bearing, and the spring.Note: Apply grease to the sections specified with .

Heat roller disassembly

(Continued from procedure (4).)(5) Remove screws, remove the fusing cover, and open the heat roller

section.

(6) Remove the C-ring and the fusing bearing, and remove the heatroller.

(7) Remove the parts from the heat roller.Note: Apply grease to the sections specified with .

(8) Remove two screws and remove the thermostat.

C. Assembly procedureFor assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.

1)

1)

1)

2)

2)

1)

3)

3)

Pressure roller

1)

2)

2)

3)

3)

1)2) 3) Heat roller

1)

2)3)

1)

2)

3)

AR-F152

7 – 8

5. Tray paper feed/transport sectionA. List

No. Part name Ref.

1 PPD1 sensor PWB

2 LSU unit

3 Intermediate frame unit

4 Paper feed roller

B. Disassembly procedure(1) Remove six connectors and screws of the main PWB, and lift the

optical unit and the main PWB to remove.

(2) Remove the PWB insulation mylar and remove the paper transportdetection sensor (PPD2).

(3) Remove two screws and remove the toner motor.

(4) Remove two springs and open the intermediate frame unit.

2)

3)

2)

2)

2)

1)

1)

1)

3)

2)

1)

2)

1)

2)

AR-F152

7 – 9

(5) Remove the pulleys on the both sides and remove the paper exitroller.

(6) Pull out the paper exit roller knob and remove the belt.

(7) Release the belt pulley lock and remove the belt pulley bearing.

(8) Remove the paper exit roller.

4)

2)

1)3)

1)

2)

2)3)

1)

AR-F152

7 – 10

(9) Remove the harness guide.

(10) Remove five screws and remove the main drive plate and thebelt.

(11) Remove the parts as shown below, and remove the pressurerelease solenoid and the paper feed solenoid.

(12) Remove six screws and remove the LSU unit.1)

3)

2)

1)

CAUTION:Attachthe gearssecurely

3)

3)

1)

1)

2)

2)

4)

4)

1)

1)

2)

AR-F152

7 – 11

(13) Remove two screws and remove the fusing connector.(14) Remove five screws and the connector, and lift the intermediate

frame unit to remove.

(15) Remove the screw and the E-ring, and remove the PS semi-cir-cular earth plate and the PS roller unit.

(16) Remove the E-ring and remove the spring clutch from the PSroller unit.

(17) Remove three screws and remove the TC front paper guide.

(18) Remove the screw and the connector, and remove the PPD1sensor PWB.2)

2)

3)

4)

1)

5)

4)

4)

1)

2)

3)

PS roller unit

PS semi-circulerearth plate

5)

4)

4)

1)

2)

3)

PS roller unit

PS semi-circulerearth plate

1)

2)

1)

2)

AR-F152

7 – 12

(19) Remove two E-rings and remove the paper feed roller.(20) Remove three E-rings and remove the clutch unit.


6. Manual paper feed sectionA. List

No. Part name Ref.

1 Manual transport roller

2 Cassette detection switch

3 PPD1 sensor PWB

4 Side door detection unit

B. Disassembly procedure

Single unit(1) Remove the screw and remove the single upper cover.

4)

5)

1)

2)

3)

4)

Back

Front

Clutch unit

Paper feedroller

1)

2)

AR-F152

7 – 13

(2) Remove the screw and remove the side door detection unit.

(3) Remove three screws and remove the single manual feed upperframe.

(4) Remove the PPD1 sensor PWB.

(5) Remove the E-ring and remove the manual paper feed transportroller.

1)

2)

Back Wire treatment

1)

2)

1)

3)

1) 2)

Wire treatment

3)

3)

4)

1)

2)

AR-F152

7 – 14

(6) Remove the cassette detection switch.

(7) Remove the multi cover.

Multi unit(1) Remove the screw and remove the multi upper cover.

(2) Remove the screw and remove the side door detection unit.

1)

2)

3)

3)

Wire treatment

1)

Multi cover

2)

1)

1)

2)

Red

Orange

Back Wire treatment

AR-F152

7 – 15

(3) Remove three screws and remove the multi paper feed upperframe.

(4) Remove two screws and remove the multi feed bracket unit fromthe multi paper feed upper frame.

(5) Remove three E-rings and remove the manual paper feed roller.

(6) Remove the pick-up roller.

1)

2)

1)

2)

2)

1) 1)

2)

1) 1)

1)

3)

L O C K

TO

K

2)

1)

AR-F152

7 – 16

(7) Cut the binding band and remove the multi paper feed solenoid.


D. Pressure plate holder attachment(1) Attach the pressure plate holder so that the resin section is not

covered with the seal M1-N.

7. Rear frame section A. List

No. Part name Ref.

1 Mirror motor

2 Main motor

3 Exhaust fan motor

B. Disassembly procedure(1) Remove three screws and remove the rear cabinet.

(2) Remove two screws, the harness, and the mirror motor.

1)

2)3)Multi paper feedsolnoid

Pressure plateholder

Seal M1-N

Attachmentreference

Attachmentreference

1)

2)1)

1)

2)

1)

2)

3)

AR-F152

7 – 17

(3) Remove two screws and one harness, and remove the mainmotor.

(4) Remove two screws and one connector, and remove the exhaustfan motor.


8. Power sectionA. List

No. Part name Ref.

1 Power PWB

B. Disassembly procedure(1) Remove two screws and one connector, and remove the power

PWB.


9. SPF sectionNo. Part name Ref.

A Sensor PWB

B Pickup solenoid

C Clutch

D Manual paper feed roller, pickup roller

E Belt

F SPF motor

G Paper entry sensor

H PS roller

I Paper exit roller

Pickup unit removal1) Remove three fixing pawls from the bottom of the machine.2) Remove the front cover and the rear cover.

3)

2)

1)

3)

1)

2)3)

1)2)

1

2

2

AR-F152

7 – 18

1) Remove the belt, the paper feed frame SP, and two harnesses.2) Remove the pickup unit.

∗ When installing the parts, be careful of the hole position of the paperframe SP.

A. Sensor PWB1) Remove two screws from the bottom of the pickup unit.2) Remove the upper cover.

1) Remove two screws.2) Remove the sensor PWB.3) Remove the harness.

B. Pickup solenoid1) Remove two screws.2) Remove the pickup solenoid

∗ When installing, hang iron core A on the solenoid arm.

C. Clutch1) Remove the E-ring.2) Remove the pulley and bushing.3) Slide the bushing in the arrow direction.4) Lift the clutch, and 5) remove the clutch.

1) Remove the E-ring.2) Remove the parts.

1

1

34

32

11

2

1

1

11

2

3

12

A

1

5

2

43

1

2

AR-F152

7 – 19

D. Manual paper feed roller, pickup roller1) Lift the paper stopper.2) Slide the takeup roller unit.3) Slide the bushing in the arrow direction.4) Remove the takeup roller unit.

∗ When installing the takeup roller, hang the projection of the takeuproller unit on the solenoid arm.

1) Remove the parts.2) Remove the manual paper feed roller.3) Remove the pickup roller.4) Remove the parts.

Transport unit removal1) Remove two screws.2) Remove the document tray unit.3) Remove five screws.4) Remove the transport unit.

E. Belt1) Remove the belt.

F. SPF motor1) Remove the harness.2) Remove four screws.3) Remove the drive unit.4) Remove the belt.5) Remove two screws.6) Remove the SPF motor.

G. Paper entry sensor1) Loosen the screw.2) Open the paper exit PG.3) Remove the paper entry sensor.4) Remove the harness.

1

42

3

A

1

2

3 1

1

4

1

2

1

3

3

3

3

4

1

3

12

2

4

5

5

6

1

4

2

3

AR-F152

7 – 20

H. PS roller1) Remove the parts.2) Remove the PS roller.

I. Paper exit roller1) Remove the parts.2) Remove the paper exit roller.

10. 2nd cassette sectionNo. Part name Ref.

A Paper sensor

B Cassette detection SW

C Paper feed solenoid

D Transport roller

E Paper feed clutch

F 2nd paper feed roller

Paper feed unit removal1) Remove the screw.2) Remove the rear cover.∗ When installing, engage the pawl and install the unit.

1) Open the right cabinet.2) Remove three screws.3) Remove one connector.4) While tilting down the 2nd connection arm A, pull and remove the

paper feed unit toward you.

∗ When installing, securely insert two bosses C on the machine sideand two bosses D on the paper feed unit side. Be sure to fix theearth B.

∗ Insert the 2nd page feed.

A. Paper sensor1) Remove the pawl.2) Remove the paper sensor.3) Remove the harness.

1

1

2

1

2

1

12A

1

2

4

B

A

D

D

C

3

2

3

1

AR-F152

7 – 21

B. Cassette detection SW1) Remove the pawl.2) Remove the cassette detection SW.3) Remove the harness.

C. Paper feed solenoid1) Remove the screw.2) Remove the connector.3) Remove the paper feed solenoid.

D. Transport roller1) Remove two E-rings.2) Remove the transport roller.

∗ Install so that the earth spring A is brought into contact over bearingB.

E. Paper feed clutch1) Remove the E-ring.2) Remove the paper feed clutch.3) Remove the parts.

∗ When installing, fit the cut surface A.

F. 2nd paper feed roller1) Remove the E-ring and the parts.2) Remove the 2nd paper feed roller.

∗ When installing, hang the 2nd connection arm on the 2nd connec-tion arm SP B. Be sure to install so that the earth spring C is in con-tact under the bearing D.

1

2

3

1

2

3

4

2

1

3AB

A

1

2

3

B

1

2

1

CD

A

AR-F152

7 – 22

11. DUP motor section (AR-156 only)A. Remove the rear cabinet.1) Remove four screws.2) Remove the rear cabinet.

B. Remove the shield plate.1) Remove six screws.2) Remove the open/close detection unit, and the earth wire.3) Remove the shield plate.

C. Remove the main PWB.1) Remove six screws.2) Remove connectors.3) Remove the main PWB.

D. Remove the DUP motor.1) Remove two screws.2) Remove the DUP motor cover.3) Remove the DUP motor.

Note: When reassembling, be sure to engage the DUP motor gearwith the belt on the main body side.

12. Reverse roller section (AR-156 only)A. Remove the reverse unit.1) Remove four screws2) Remove the spring, and the earth wire3) Remove the reverse unit.

B. Remove the reverse roller.1) Bend the reverse roller and remove it.

2

1

1

1

1

2

23

3

1

2

2

22

22

2

12

3

1

1

2

3

1

AR-F152

7 – 23

13. RSPF section (AR-156 only)A. RSPF(1) Remove the rear cabinet.1) Remove four screws.2) Remove the rear cabinet.

(2) Remove the shield plate.1) Remove six screws.2) Remove the open/close detection unit, and the earth wire.3) Remove the shield plate.

(3) Remove the RSPF.1) Remove the connector and the cable.2) Remove the RSPF.

B. Intermediate tray1) Remove the intermediate tray.

C. Upper cover1) Remove four screws from the bottom of the main body.2) Remove the upper cover.

2

1

1

1

1

2

23

1

2

1

1

2

1

1

AR-F152

7 – 24

D. Pickup unit1) Remove the belt, the paper feed frame spring, and two harnesses.2) Remove the pickup unit.

NOTE: When reassembling, be careful of the hole position for thepaper feed frame spring.

E. Upper cover of the pickup unit.1) Remove two screws from the bottom of the pickup unit.2) Remove the upper cover.

F. Sensor PWB1) Remove two screws.2) Remove the sensor PWB.3) Remove the harness.

G. Pickup solenoid1) Remove two screws.2) Remove the pickup solenoid.

NOTE: When reassembling, hang the iron core on the solenoid arm.

1

1

2

1

1

1

2

1

11

2

3

12

A

AR-F152

7 – 25

H. Clutch(1) Remove the clutch unit.1) Remove the E-ring.2) Remove the pulley and the bushing.3) Slide the bushing in the arrow direction.4) Lift the clutch pawl.5) Remove the clutch unit.

(2) Remove the clutch1) Remove the E-ring.2) Remove the parts.

I. Manual paper feed roller, pickup roller(1) Remove the pickup unit.1) Lift the paper stopper.2) Slide the takeup roller unit.3) Slide the bushing in the arrow direction.4) Remove the takeup roller.

NOTE: When reassembling, hang the convex portion of the roller uniton the solenoid arm.

(2) Remove the Manual paper feed roller, pickup roller.1) Remove the parts.2) Remove the manual paper feed roller.3) Remove the pickup roller.4) Remove the parts.

1

5

2

43

1

2

1

42

3

A

1

2

31

1

4

AR-F152

7 – 26

J. Transport unit removal1) Remove the harness.2) Remove two screws.3) Remove the document tray unit.4) Remove five screws.5) Remove the transport unit.

K. Belt 11) Remove the belt.

L. Belt 21) Remove three screws.2) Remove the drive unit.3) Remove the belt.

NOTE: When reassembling, hang the belt on the boss.

M. SPF motor1) Remove the harness.2) Remove two screws.3) Remove the SPF motor.

N. Solenoid1) Remove the harness.2) Remove two screws.3) Remove the solenoid.

2

34

1

2

4

44

5

1

12

3

1

1

2

3

1

2

3

AR-F152

7 – 27

O. Clutch1) Cut the band with nippers.2) Remove the harness.3) Remove the clutch.

P. PS roller(1) Remove the parts.1) Remove the two screws.2) Remove the parts.

(2) Remove the PS roller.1) Loosen the screw.2) Open the paper exit PG.3) Remove the parts.4) Remove the PS roller.

Q. Paper entry sensor1) Loosen the screw.2) Open the paper exit PG.3) Remove the paper entry sensor.4) Remove the harness.

1

1

2

3

1

21

2 1

3

3

4

1

4

2

3

AR-F152

7 – 28

R. Transport roller1.(1) Remove the parts.1) Remove the parts.

(2) Remove the parts.1) Loosen the screw.2) Open the paper exit PG.3) Remove the parts.

(3) Remove the transport roller.1) Remove the paper exit PG.2) Remove the transport roller.

S. Paper exit roller(1) Remove the parts.1) Remove two screws.2) Remove the parts.

(2) Remove the paper feed PG upper.1) Remove two screws.2) Remove the paper feed PG upper.

(3) Remove the paper exit roller.1) Remove the parts.2) Remove the paper exit roller.

1

1

1

12

3

1

2

1

1

2

1

2

1

1

2

AR-F152

7 – 29

T. Solenoid(1) Remove the reverse gate1) Remove the ring2) Remove the reverse gate

NOTE: When reassembling, be careful of the groove and the holepositions of the spring.

NOTE: When reassembling, hang 2) on the solenoid.

(2) Remove the solenoid.1) Remove the screw.2) Remove the solenoid.

14. FAX, MCU PWB section(AR-F152 only)

A. Remove the rear cover.1) Remove four screws.2) Hold the SPF sensor.3) Remove the rear cover.

B. Remove the PWB cover FAX2.1) Remove five screws.2) Remove the PWB cover FAX2.

C. Remove the FAX PWB.Remove the connector.1) Remove seven screws.2) Remove the FAX PWB.

1

2

1

2

1

1

1

3

1

2

1

21

1

1

1

12

1

1

1

AR-F152

7 – 30

D. Remove the PWB cover FAX.1) Remove six screws.2) Remove the PWB cover FAX.

E. Remove the MCU PWB.Disconnect the connectors.1) Remove seven screws.2) Remove the MCU PWB.

15. FAX-SPF section (AR-F152 only)A. Remove the front and the rear covers.1) Disengage three pawls.2) Remove the front and the rear covers.

B. Remove the metal fixtures.1) Disconnect the connector.2) Remove four screws.3) Remove the metal fixtures F and R.

C. Remove the FAX operation panel.1) Remove the belt, the screw, and two connectors.2) Remove the FAX operation panel.3) Remove two screws.4) Remove U-turn PG.

Wiring

2

1

1

1

1

2 1

1

1

2

2

1

21

2

3

3

3

4

32

1

1

1

AR-F152

7 – 31

D. Remove the FAX operation panel unit.1) Remove five screws.2) Remove the FAX operation panel unit.

E. Remove the Fax panel PWB.1) Remove eleven screws.2) Remove the FAX panel PWB.3) Remove the connector.

F. Remove the FAX sensor PWB.1) Remove two screws.2) Remove the FAX sensor PWB.3) Remove the connector.

G. Remove the PU solenoid1) Remove two screws.2) Remove the PU solenoid.

H. Remove the clutch unit.1) Remove the E-ring.2) the pulley, and the bushing. 3) Slide the bushing in the arrow direction.4) Lift the clutch pawl. 5) Remove the clutch unit.

I. Remove the clutch1) Remove the E-ring.2) Remove the parts.

2

11

3

1

2

11

2

3

1

2

A

1

5

2

4

3

1

2

AR-F152

7 – 32

J. Remove the pickup unit.1) Lift the paper stopper.2) Slide the pickup roller unit in the arrow direction.3) Slide the bushing.4) Remove the pickup roller unit.

(Note) When installing, hang the projection of the roller unit on thesolenoid arm.

K. Remove the manual feed roller and the pickuproller.

1) Remove the parts.2) Remove the manual feed roller.3) Remove the pickup roller and the parts.

L. Remove the transport unit.1) Remove the connector.2) Remove two screws.3) Remove the document tray unit.4) Remove four screws.5) Remove the transport unit.

M. Remove the belt.1) Remove the belt.

N. Remove the SPF motor.1) Remove the connector.2) Remove four screws.3) Remove the drive frame.4) Remove the belt.5) Remove two screws.6) Remove the SPF motor.

(Note) When installing, attach the belt as shown in the figure.

12

1

3

3

3 3

4

1

3

12

2

4

5

5

6

1

42

3

A

1

2

31

1

4

AR-F152

7 – 33

O. Remove the paper entry sensor.1) Loosen the screw.2) Open the paper exit PG.3) Remove the paper entry sensor.4) Remove the connector.

P. Remove the PS roller.1) Remove the parts.2) Remove the PS roller.

Q. Remove the paper exit roller.1) Remove the parts.2) Remove the paper exit roller.

16. Procedures after replacement of FAXROM (AR-F152 only)

After replacement of FAX ROM, perform the following procedures. Perform the FAX software switch clear and the FAX image

memory clear.

1) FAX software clear procedureOn the Fax operation panel: FUNCTION → 9 → ∗ → 8 → # →ENTER → 0 → 2 → 1

2) FAX image memory clear procedureOn the FAX operation panel: FUNCTION → 9 → ∗ → 8 → # →ENTER → 1 → 0 → 1

(Note)When the ROM version is upgraded, the area used by each jobfor D-RAM memory area may vary. Therefore, this proceduremust be performed after repalcement of ROM to stabilize theoperation. Perform this procedure immediately after turning OFF/ON thepower after replacement of ROM.

1

4

2

3

1

1

2

1

2

1

AR-F152

7 – 34

[8] ADJUSTMENT1. Optical sectionA. Image distortion adjustmentThere are following two types of image distortion.

Horizontal image distortion Vertical image distortion

In this machine, the image distortion is adjusted by changing the paral-lelism of mirrors (copy lamp unit, No. 2/3 mirror unit).

(1) Horizontal image distortion adjustmenta. Summary

Parallelism of mirrors can be made by installing the copy lamp unitand No. 2/3 mirror unit to the reference position. However, it mustbe checked by making a copy, and must be adjusted if necessary.

b. Cases when the adjustment is required

1) When the copy lamp unit and No.2/3 mirror unit are disas-sembled or their part is replaced.

2) When the copy lamp unit and No.2/3 mirror unit drive section isdisassembled or its part is replaced.

3) When the copy image is distorted as shown below:

c. Necessary tools Screwdriver (+) Hex wrench Scale Test chart for distortion adjustment (Make a chart shown below

by yourself.)Draw a rectangle on a paper (B4 or 8 1/2″ × 14″) as shownbelow.Be sure to make four right angles.

d. Adjustment procedure

1) Remove the right cabinet (manual paper feed unit), the docu-ment reference plate.

2) Remove the document glass.

3) Loosen the fixing screw of the copy lamp unit wire.

4) Manually turn the copy lamp unit/No.2/3 mirror unit drive gear tobring No.2/3 mirror unit into contact with No.2/3 mirror unitpositioning plate. When No.2/3 mirror unit makes contact withNo.2/3 mirror unit positioning plate in the Freat and rear frameside simultaneously, the mechanical parallelism of No.2/3 mirrorunit is proper. If one side of No.2/3 mirror unit makes contact with No.2/3 mir-ror unit positioning plate and the other side does not, the paral-lelism is improper. If the parallelism is improper, perform the procedure of step 5).

Document Copy A Copy B

L

L

LL

L = 10mm

1)

2)3)

Fixing Screws

AR-F152

8 – 1

5) Loosen the copy lamp unit/No.2/3 mirror unit drive pulleysetscrew in the side where No.2/3 mirror unit does not makecontact with No.2/3 mirror unit positioning plate.

6) Without moving the copy lamp unit/No.2/3 mirror unit drive pul-ley shaft, manually turn the copy lamp unit/No.2/3 mirror unitdrive pulley in the same direction of the loosened setscrew.When it makes contact with No.2/3 mirror unit positioning plate,tighten and fix the setscrew.

7) Manually turn the copy lamp unit/No.2/3 mirror unit drive gear tobring No.2/3 mirror unit into contact with the positioning plate,and perform the procedure of step 4).Repeat procedures of steps 4) to 7) until the parallelism ofNo.2/3 mirror unit is properly set.

8) With No.2/3 mirror unit positioning plate in contact with No.2/3mirror unit, bring the copy lamp unit into contact with the rightframe and fix the copy lamp unit to the drive wire.Procedures 1) to 8) are for adjustment of mechanical horizontalparallelism. The copy lamp unit and No.2/3 mirror are fixed tothe specified positions and the mechanical horizontal parallelismof No.2/3 mirror is adjusted.Then the optical horizontal parallelism must be adjusted in thefollowing procedures.

9) Set the image distortion check chart on the document table, andmake a reduction copy (75%) on an A4 or 11″ × 8 1/2″ paperwith the document cover open.

Set screw

Scanner unit drive pulley

Copy lamp unit projection

50mm

Image distortion check chart

AR-F152

8 – 2

10) Check the horizontal image distortion.If LL = LR, there is no horizontal distortion

11) If LL is not equal to LR, perform the following procedure.Loosen the setscrew of the copy lamp unit/No.2/3 mirror unitdrive pulley in the front or the rear frame.

12) Without moving the copy lamp unit/No.2/3 mirror unit drive pul-ley shaft, manually turn the copy lamp unit/No.2/3 mirror unitdrive pulley whose setscrew was loosened, and adjust theparallelism of copy lamp unit/No.2/3 mirror unit.

13) Tighten the set screw of the copy lamp unit/No.2/3 mirror unitdrive pulley.

14) Check the image distortion in the same manner as step 10).Repeat procedures 11) to 14) until horizontal image distortionis eliminated.

(2) Vertical image distortion adjustmenta. Summary

In this adjustment, the left and right balance is adjusted by changingthe left and right balance of the No. 2 scanner unit frame on thefront frame side.

b. Note Horizontal image distortion adjustment

c. Cases when the adjustment is required

1) When the copy lamp unit/No.2/3 mirror unit drive section is dis-assembled or its part is replaced.

2) When the copy image is distorted as follows:

d. Necessary tools Screwdriver (+) Screwdriver (–) Scale Test chart for distortion adjustment (Make by yourself.)

Draw a rectangle on A4 or 8 1/2″ × 11″ paper as shown below:Be sure to make four right angles.

e. Adjustment procedure

1) Set the test chart for image distortion adjustment on the docu-ment glass, and make a normal copy on a paper of A4 or 8 1/2″× 11″.

2) Check image distortion in the right and the left sides.If the both vertical lines are in parallel with each other, the right-left distortion balance is proper. (However, there may be somedistortion.)

2) If all the four angles are right angles, there in no distortion andthe following procedures are not required.

LL LR

LL and LR: Distance between the copy image horizontal line and the edge of the black background.

Black background

Set screw

Scanner unit drive pulley

Document Copy C Copy D

L

L

LL

L = 10mm

Greater distortion Smaller distortion

AR-F152

8 – 3

3) If the right-left distortion balance is improper, loosen the fixingscrew of No.2/3 mirror unit rail to change and adjust the right-leftbalance of No.2/3 mirror unit rail.

(Note)

If the distortion in the lead edge side (when viewed in the papertransport direction) is greater, change the height of the left rail ofNo.2/3 mirror unit. If the distortion in the rear edge side (when viewed in the papertransport direction) is greater, change the height of the right railof No.2/3 mirror unit.

4) Make a copy to check the vertical image distortion.If the four angles are right angles, the adjustment is completed.

B. Copy magnification ratio adjustmentThe copy magnification ratio must be adjusted in the main scanningdirection and in the sub scanning direction. To adjust, use SIM 48-1.

(1) OutlineThe main scanning (front/rear) direction magnification ratio adjust-ment is made automatically or manually.

Automatic adjustment: The width of the reference line marked onthe shading correction plate is scanned to perform the main scan-ning (front/rear) direction magnification ratio adjustment automat-ically.

Manual adjustment: The adjustment is made by manual key opera-tions. (In either of the automatic and manual adjustments, the zoomdata register set value is changed for adjustment.)

The magnification ratio in the sub scanning direction is adjusted bychanging the mirror base (scanner) scanning speed.

(2) Main scanning direction magnification ratio adjustment

a. NoteBefore performing this adjustment, the following adjustments musthave been completed. If not, this adjustment cannot be performedproperly.

Image distortion adjustment The lens unit must be installed in the reference position.


1) When the lens and the mirror unit are disassembled or the partis replaced.

2) When the copy lamp unit/No.2/3 mirror unit drive section is dis-assembled or the part is replaced.

3) When the main PWB is replaced.

4) When the EEPROM in the main PWB is replaced.

5) When “U2” trouble occurs.

6) When the copy image distortion adjustment is performed.

c. Necessary tools Screwdriver (+) Scale


1) Set the scale vertically on the document table. (Use a long scalefor precise adjustment.)

2) Set the copy magnification ratio to 100%.

3) Make a copy on A4 or 81⁄2″ × 11″ paper.

Change the height of the right side of the rail.

Change the height of the left side of the rail.

AR-F152

8 – 4

4) Measure the length of the copied scale image. 5) Calculate the main scanning direction magnification ratio.Main scanning direction magnification ratio

= Copy image dimensions Original dimension

× 100 (%)

100 110 120 130 150140mm1/2mm

JAPAN

HARDDENCDSTAINLESS

Shizuoka

100 110 120 130 150140mm1/2mm

JAPAN

HARDDENCDSTAINLESS

Shizuoka

110

10 20

10 20

(When a 100mm scale is used as the original.)

Paper feeddirection

Reference Comparison point

Original (Scale)

Copy

6) Check that the copy magnification ratio is within the specifiedrange. If it is not within the specified range, perform the followingprocedures.

7) Execute SIM 48-1 to select the main scanning direction copymagnification ratio adjustment mode.To select the adjustment mode, use the copy mode select key.

In the case of the automatic adjustment, when the PRINT switch ispressed, the mirror base unit moves to the white plate for shadingto scan the width of the reference line, calculating the correctionvalue and displaying and storing this value.After execution of the automatic adjustment, go out from the simula-tion mode and make a copy to check the magnification ratio.If the magnification ratio is not in the specified range (100 ±1.0%),manually adjust as follows.

Adjustment mode Lighting lamp

Main scanning direction autocopy magnification ratioadjustment

Auto exposure lampON

Main scanning direction manualcopy magnification ratioadjustment

Manual exposure lampON

Sub scanning direction copymagnification ratio adjustment

Photo exposure lampON

8) Set the adjustment mode to Manual with the copy mode selectkey.

9) Enter the new set value of main scanning direction copy mag-nification ratio with the copy quantity set key, and press theCOPY button.

10) Change the set value and repeat the adjustment until the ratiois within the speoified range.When the set value is changed by 1, the magnification ratio ischanged by 0.1%.

(3) Sub scanning direction copy magnification ratio

a. NoteBefore performing this adjustment, the following adjustments musthave been completed. If not, this adjustment cannot be performedproperly.

Image distortion adjustment Must be installed to the lens unit reference position.


1) When the lens and the mirror unit are disassembled or the partis replaced.

2) When the scanner unit drive section is disassembled or the partis replaced.

3) When the main PWB is replaced.

4) When the EEPROM in the main PWB is replaced.

5) When “U2” trouble occurs.

6) When the copy image distortion adjustment is performed.

c. Necessary tools Screwdriver (+) Scale


1) Set the scale on the document table as shown below. (Use along scale for precise adjustment.)

2) Set the copy magnification ratio to 100%.

3) Make a copy on A4 or 81⁄2″ × 11″ paper.

4) Measure the length of the copied scale image.

5) Calculate the sub scanning direction copy magnification ratio.Sub scanning direction copy magnification ratio

= Copy image dimension Original dimension

× 100 (%)

AR-F152

8 – 5

100 110 120 130 150140mm1/2mm

JAPAN

HARDDENCDSTAINLESS

Shizuoka

100 110 120 130 150140mm1/2mm

JAPAN

HARDDENCDSTAINLESS

Shizuoka

110

10 20

10 20

Original (Scale)

Paper feeddirection

Reference Comparison point Copy

Lens unit number

(–) direction

Reference line (0)

(+) direction

6) Check that the actual copy magnification ratio is within thespecified range. (100 ± 1.0%).If it is not within the specified range, perform the following pro-cedures.

7) Execute SIM 48-1 to select the sub scanning direction copymagnification ratio adjustment mode.To select the adjustment mode, use the copy mode select key.(Photo exposure lamp ON)

8) Enter the new set value of sub scanning direction copy mag-nification ratio with the copy quantity set key, and press theCOPY button.

Repeat procedures 1) — 8) until the sub scanning direction actualcopy magnification ratio in 100% copying is within the specifiedrange.

When the set value is changed by 1, the magnification ratio ischanged by 0.1%.

C. Lens unit attachment referenceAttach the lens unit so that the lens unit number on the lens adjustmentplate is aligned with the scribe line on the base plate.

Example: Lens unit number –2.8Attach the lens unit at 2 scales in the paper exit directionfrom the reference line.

Note: Never touch the other screws than the unit attachmentscrew.The lens unit is supplied only in a whole unit.

D. Image position adjustmentThere are following five kinds of image position adjustments, which aremade by laser control except for the image scan start position adjust-ment. For the adjustments, SIM 50 – 01 and SIM 50 – 10 are used.

No. Adjustment item Simulation

1 Print start position 50 – 01

2 Image lead edge void amount 50 – 01

3 Image scan start position 50 – 01

4 Image rear edge void amount 50 – 01

5 Center offset 50 – 10

To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50 – 01, use the copy densityselect key.The relationship between the adjustment modes and the lighting lampsare as shown in the table below.


Print start position Auto (AE) lamp

Image lead edge void amount Manual (TEXT) lamp

Image scan start position Photo lamp

Image rear edge void amountAuto, Manual, Photolamps

To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50 – 10, use the copy modeselect key.

The relationship between the adjustment modes and the lightinglamps are as shown in the table below.

Machine with the multi manual paper feed unit


Print center offset (cassette) Auto, Cassette

Print center offset (manual feed) Auto, Manual

Document center offset Auto, Manual

Machine with the single manual paper feed unit

Print center offset (cassette) Auto, Cassette

Print center offset (manual feed) Auto

Document center offset Auto, Manual

AR-F152

8 – 6

5mm

10mm

(Example)Distance between paper leadedge and image: H = 5mm

Image loss:R = 3mm

B4 or 8 1/2″ × 14″ paper

A4 size rear edge

Scale image

Paper rear edge

Void amount (Standard value: 2 – 3mm)

(1) Lead edge adjustment1) Set a scale to the center of the paper lead edge guide as shown

below, and cover it with B4 or 8 1/2″ × 14″ paper.

2) Execute SIM 50 – 013) Set the print start position (AE lamp ON) (A), the lead edge void

amount (TEXT lamp ON) (B), and the scan start position (PHOTOlamp ON) (C) to 0, and make a copy of a scale at 100%.

4) Measure the image loss amount (R mm) of the scale image.Set C = 10 × R (mm). (Example: Set the value of C to 30.)When the value of C is increased by 10, the image loss isdecreased by 1mm. (Default: 50)

5) Measure the distance (H mm) between the paper lead edge andthe image print start position.Set A = 10 × H (mm). (Example: Set the value of A to 50.)When the value of A is increased by 10, the image lead edge isshifted to the paper lead edge by 1mm. (Default: 50)

6) Set the lead edge void amount to B = 50 (2.5mm).When the value of B is increased by 10, the void amount is in-creased by about 1mm. For 25 or less, however, the void amountbecomes zero. (Default: 50)

(2) Image rear edge void amount adjustment1) Set a scale to the rear edge section of A4 or 11″ × 8 1/2″ paper

size as shown in the figure below, and cover it with B4 or 8 1/2″ ×14″ paper.

2) Execute SIM 50 – 01 to select the image rear edge void amount ad-justment mode.The set adjustment value is displayed on the copy quantity display.

3) Make a copy and measure the void amount of image rear edge.

4) If the measurement value is out of the specified range, change theset value and repeat the adjustment procedure.The default value is 50.Note: The rear edge void cannot be checked with the first sheet

after entering the simulation mode, the first sheet after turn-ing off/on the power, or the first sheet after inserting the cas-sette. Use the second or later sheet to check the rear edgevoid.

(3) Center offset adjustment1) Set the self-made test chart for the center position adjustment so

that its center line is aligned with the center mark of the documentguide.

Test chart for the center position adjustmentDraw a line at the center of A4 or 8 1/2″ × 11″ paper in thepaper transport direction.

2) Execute SIM 50 – 10 to select the print center offset (cassettepaper feed) adjustment mode.The set adjustment value is displayed on the copy quantity display.

3) Make a copy and check that the copied center line is properly posi-tioned.The standard value is 0 ± 2mm from the paper center.

Document guide

Center

Copy paper(A4 or 8 1/2″ × 11″)

(Copy A)

(Copy B)

2.0mm or less

2.0mm or less

Copy image

Copy paperfolding line

Copy image

Copy paperfolding line

Shift

Shift

(Paper feed direction)

AR-F152

8 – 7

4) If the measured value is out of the specified range, change the setvalue and repeat the adjustment procedure.When the set value is increased by 1, the copy image is shifted by0.1mm toward the rear frame.

For the manual paper feed, change the manual paper feed ad-justment mode and perform the similar procedures.

Since the document center offset is automatically adjusted bythe CCD which scan the reference lines (F/R) on the back ofdocument guide, there is no need to adjust manually.

2. Copy density adjustmentA. Copy density adjustment timingThe copy density adjustment must be performed in the following cases: When maintenance is performed. When the developing bias/grid bias voltage is adjusted. When the optical section is cleaned. When a part in the optical section is replaced. When the optical section is disassembled. When the OPC drum is replaced. When the main control PWB is replaced. When the EEPROM on the main control PWB is replaced. When the memory trouble (U2) occurs.

B. Note for copy density adjustment1) Arrangement before execution of the copy density adjustment Clean the optical section. Clean or replace the charger wire. Check that the voltage at the high voltage section and the develop-

ing bias voltage are in the specified range.

C. Necessary tool for copy density adjustment One of the following test charts:

UKOG-0162FCZZ, UKOG-0089CSZZ, KODAK GRAY SCALE B4 (14″ × 8 1/2″) white paper The user program AE setting should be “3.”

Test chart comparison table

UKOG-0162FCZZDENSITY No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 W

UKOG-0089CSZZDENSITY No.

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.9 0

KODAK GRAYSCALE

1 2 3 4 19 A

D. Features of copy density adjustmentFor the copy density adjustment, the image data shift function providedin the image process LSI is used.

List of the adjustment modes

Auto Mode Brightness 1 step only

Manual ModeBrightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only thecenter brightness is made.

Photo ModeBrightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only thecenter brightness is made.

Manual T/Smode

Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only thecenter brightness is made.

T/S Auto mode Brightness 1 step only

E. Copy density adjustment procedureUse SIM 46-01 to set the copy density for each copy mode. For selection of modes, use the copy mode select key.

(1) Test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) setting1) Place the test chart so that its edge is aligned with the A4 (Letter)

reference line on the document table. Then place a B4 (14″ × 81/2″) white paper on the test chart and close the document cover.

(2) Perform the adjustment in each mode.1) Execute SIM 46-1.

2) Select the mode to be adjusted with the exposure mode select key.Set the exposure level to 3 for all adjustment. (Except for the automode.)

Adjustmentmode

Exposure modedisplay lamp

Ex-posurelevel

Sharp gray chartadjustment level

Auto mode Auto lamp ON —“3” is slightlycopied.

Manual mode Manual lamp ON 3“3” is slightlycopied.

Photo mode Photo lamp ON 3“3” is slightlycopied.

Manual T/Smode

Manual lamp/Photolamp ON

3“4” is slightlycopied.

Auto T/Smode

Auto lamp/Photolamp ON

3“4” is slightlycopied.

1 10 W2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Test chart

White paper

(1) (2)

(1) Mode select key/display lamp

(2) Exposure level select key/display lamp

AR-F152

8 – 8

3) Make a copy. Check the adjustment level (shown in the above table) of the ex-posure test chart (Sharp Gray Scale).

Sharp Gray Scale adjustment level

Non tonersave mode

Toner savemode

(When too bright): Decrease the value displayed on the copyquantity display.

(When too dark): Increase the value displayed on the copy quan-tity display.

* The value can be set in the range of 1 — 99.

3. High voltage adjustmentA. Main charger (Grid bias)Note:

Use a digital multi meter with internal resistance of 10MΩ ormore measurement.

After adjusting the grid LOW output, adjust the HIGH output.Do not reverse the sequence.

Procedures1. Set the digital multi meter range to DC700V.2. Set the positive side of the test rod to the connector CN11-3 (GRID)

of high voltage section of the power PWB and set the negative sideto the frame ground (radiating plate).

3. Execute SIM 8-3. (The main charger output is supplied for 30 secin the grid voltage LOW output mode.)

4. Adjust the control volume (VR-141) so that the output voltage is –400 ±20V.

5. Execute SIM 8-2. (The main charger output is supplied for 30 secin the grid voltage HIGH output mode.)

6. Adjust the control volume (VR-142) so that the output voltage is 580±10V.

B. DV bias adjustmentNote:

A digital multi meter with internal resistance of 1GΩ must beused for correct adjustment.

Procedures1. Set the digital multi meter range to DC500V. 2. Set the positive side of the test rod to the connector CN-10-1 (DV

BIAS) and set the negative side to the connector CN10-2 (FG).3. Execute SIM 8-1. (The developing bias is outputted for 30 sec.)4. Adjust the control volume (VR-121) so that the output voltage is –

400 ±5V.

4. Duplex adjustmentA. Adjusting the paper reverse position in memory

for duplex copyingThis step adjusts the front surface printing (odd-number pages of adocument set) in the S-D mode copying and the leading edge positionof an image on even-number pages in the D-S mode.That is, it covers the adjustment of the second surface printing mode(image loss at the front edge of an image) in which image data is oncestored in memory.The image data is read, starting from its front end in the documentdelivery direction (Reference direction of document setting in the OCmode)and stored in memory.This stored image data is printed starting at the printing start position,in the order of last-stored data to the first-stored data.In other words, the front edge image loss of the image can be adjustedby changing the document read end position.

(Adjustment procedure)1) Preparing test chart (Draw a scale at the rear end of one side of

a sheet of A4 white paper or letter paper)

1 10 W2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Slightly copied.

Not copied.

1 10 W2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Slightly copied.

Not copied.

5 10

AR-F152

8 – 9

2) Set the test chart so that the scale is positioned as shown below,in the S-D mode and the D-S mode.

3) Execute simulation 50-18 to make a copy and check the front edgeimage loss at the area where the scale is printed.Adjust the setting so that the front edge image loss is less than 4.0mm in the R-SPF mode.An increase of 1 in setting represents an increase of 0.1 mm inimage loss.

B. Adjusting trailing edge void in duplex copy modeThis is the adjustment of the first surface printing mode (rear end void)in duplex copying.In a duplex copying operation, the paper is delivered starting from therear end of the first printing surface. It is therefore necessary to makea void area at the rear end on the first printing surface to prevent paperjam at the fusing part.There are two adjustment modes:1) Image cut rear end void quantity (R-SPF) 50-19(AE)

The size (length) of a document read from the R-SPF is detected,the image at the trailing edge of the first printing surface is cut tomake a void area. (The adjustment of void quantity at the timewhen the cassette paper size is not recognized.)

2) Paper trailing edge void quantity 50-19 (TEXT)This adjustment is made when the cassette paper size is recog-nized. The trailing edge void quantity can be adjusted by changingthe trailing edge image laser OFF timing.

The paper void quantity should be first adjusted before the image cuttrailing edge void quantity (R-SPF) is adjusted.

(Adjustment procedure)(1) Paper trailing edge void quantity1) Preparing test chart (Draw a scale at the rear end of one side of

a sheet of A/4 white paper or letter paper)2) Set the test chart on the document glass as shown below.

3) Using the user simulation [18], set the paper size of the first cas-sette.

Letter paper: 4A4 paper: 3

4) Execute simulation 50-19 to turn on the TEXT lamp and make theprinting mode in OC-D mode.Make a copy of the test chart to check the void area of the scaleon the image.

Adjust the setting so that the void area is 4 - 5 mm.An increase in 1 of setting represents 0.1 mm in void area.

(2) Image cut trailing edge void quantity (R-SPF)1) Set the test chart so that the scale is positioned as shown below.

2) Execute simulation 50-19 to turn on the AE lamp and make theprinting mode in the D-D mode.

3) Remove and reinsert the cassette.NOTE: Make sure to carry out this step before making a copy

during this adjustment.4) Make a copy and check the void area of the scale on the image.

Adjust the setting so that the void area is 2 - 4 mm.An increase of 1 in setting represents an increase of 0.1 mm invoid area.

Scale (S-D mode) Scale (D-S mode)

5 10

The front edge of thescale on test chart

Front edge of paper

Void area

less than 4 mm

2nd printing surface where scale is printed (lower side)

Document guide The trailing edge has a scale

Table glass

Scale (D-D mode)

The trailing edge void on the first printing surface is shown above.

Paper

Void position to be check

AR-F152

8 – 10

5. Density sectionA. FAX mode density adjustment (Overall mode)

(<FAX mode> SIM 46-12)1) Set the test chart (TRAP23109SCZZ <CCITT #3 chart>) on the

OC table as shown below, and close the OC cover.

2) Switch to the FAX mode and execute SIM 46-12.3) After warming up, shading is performed and the current density

level is displayed on the lower two digits of the display sectionin standard and auto density mode.

4) Enter the set value with the 10-key to adjust the FAX image den-sity.

5) Make a copy, and adjust so that the following adjustmentspecification is satisfied.

When an adjustment is made in this mode, the exposure level for eachcommunication mode and each density mode are automatically ad-justed accordingly.

<Adjustment specifications>

Densitymode

Resolutionmode

SIM

CCITT #3chart

outputresult

Set valueSet

range

Auto Standard FAXmode46-12

“3” isslightlycopied.

The greaterthe setvalue is, thegreater thedensity is,and viceversa.

1 – 99

B. FAX mode density adjustment (Individual mode)(<FAX mode> SIM 46-14 – 16)

1) Set the test chart (TRAP23109SCZZ CCITT #3 chart) on the OCtable as shown below, and close the OC cover.

2) Switch to the FAX mode and execute SIM 46-14 to 46-16depending on the adjustment mode.

3) After warming up, shading is performed and the current densitylevel is displayed on the lower two digits of the display section.

4) Enter the set value with the 10-key to adjust the FAX image den-sity.

5) Make a copy, and adjust the density with the copy as a refer-ence.

<Adjustment specifications>

Reso-lutionmode

Densitychangeover

SIM Set valueSet

range

Fine Switched withthe densityselect key.

FAXmode46-14

The greater theset value is, thegreater thedensity is, andvice versa.

1 – 99

Superfine

Switched withthe densityselect key.

FAXmode46-15

Ultrafine

Switched withthe densityselect key.

FAXmode46-16

A4

A4

Glass holding plate

A4

A4

Glass holding plate

AR-F152

8 – 11

6. Communication sectionNote: These items are factory adjusted when shipping according to

FCC standards. Therefore, do not change the setting in themarket.

A. Dial test (<FAX mode> SIM 66-13)(1) Dial pulse transmission test

1) Execute SIM 66-13 in FAX mode.2) Execute the dial pulse mode according to the instructions on the

LCD display.

SELECT SIGNAL1:PULSE 2:DTMF

3) Set the make time.

INPUT MAKE TIME(0–15)

4) Select the dial to be transmitted.Default: 0123456789#(After deleting with the clear key, it can be set to any desiredvalue.)

5) Transmission is started from the line.

SEND yyPPS xxm s1:YES 2:NO

SENDING yyPPS xxm s

SIM Soft SWInitialvalue

Set value

Dialpulsemaketime

10PPS

FAXmode66-13

SW67-1 – 4

40ms(14)

SW set value:0 – 15Make time:25 – 41ms

1msstep(Binaryinput)

(2) DTMF signal transmission level adjustment1) Execute SIM 66-13 in the FAX mode.2) Execute the DTMF mode according to the instructions on the

LCD display.

SELECT SIGNAL1:PULSE 2:DTMF

3) Select the signal transmission level.The signal transmission level is classified into two groups: thehigh group, and the low group.Transmission can be made with either of default and the softSW set value.

SELECT HIGH LEVEL1:DEFAULT 2:SOFT SW.

SELECT LOW LEVEL1:DEFAULT 2:SOFT SW.

4) The transmission level can be set when the following menu isdisplayed on the LCD. (et value 1 = 0.5dB change)

INPUT VALUE(0–15)

(This value is returned to the original value when the simulationmode is canceled.)

5) Select the dial signal to be transmitted.Default: 0123456789#(After deleting with the clear key, it can be set to any desired value.)

6) Start transmission from the line.

H:xx L:yy1:YES 2:NO

SENDING DTMF

xx: High group soft SW set valueyy: Low group soft SW set value

SIM Soft SWInitialvalue

Set value

DTMFtrans-missionlevel

Highgroup

(FAXmode)66-13(Testonly)

SW53-1 – 4

3.5dB(7)

SW setvalue: 0 –15Transmis-sion level: 0– 7.5db

0.5msstep(Binaryinput)

Lowgroup

SW53-5 – 8

3.5dB(7)

AR-F152

8 – 12

[9] SIMULATION, FAX SOFTWARE SWITCH, TROUBLE CODES1. List of simulationsThe simulations for the AR-F152 (with Fax functions) are shown in bold fonts.

SimNo.

Kind ofmain code

Subcode

Operation

01 Opticalsystem

01 Mirror scan operation

02 SPFIndividualloadoperation

02030405

0607

SPF sensor status displayMotor ONPaper feed solenoid ONPressure release solenoid ON(RSPF)Resist clutch ON (RSPF)Gate solenoid ON (RSPF)

05 Lamp ONcheck

0102

03

Operation panel display checkFusing lamp ON + Cooling fanHIGH/LOW speedCopy lamp ON

06 Machineindividualloadoperation

0102

Paper feed solenoid ONResist solenoid ON

07 Aging 01

06

Warm up display and aging withjamIntermittent aging

08 Highvoltageoutput check

01020306

Developing biasMain charger (Grid high)Grid voltage (Low)Transfer charger

10 Other None Toner motor aging14 Trouble

resetNone Cancel troubles other than U2

16 U2 troublereset

None Cancel of U2 trouble

20 Maintenance counterclear

01 Maintenance/mini-maintenancecounter clear

21 Countersetup(Whenmaintenance)

0102

Maintenance cycle setupMini-maintenance cycle setup

22 Counterdisplay

01

02

04050608121417182021222324

Maintenance/mini-maintenancecounter displayMaintenance/mini-maintenancepreset displayJam total counter displayTotal counter displayDeveloper counter displaySPF counter displayDrum counter displayP-ROM version displayCopy counter displayPrinter counter displayFAX print counter displayScanner counter displaySPF jam total counter displayFAX reception counter displayFAX transmission counterdisplay

24 Specialcounterclear

01040607080910

111314

Jam total counter clearSPF counter clearDeveloper counter clearDrum counter clearCopy counter clearPrinter counter clearFAX transmission/receptioncounter clearFAX print counter clearScanner counter clearSPF jam total counter clear

25 Main motorON

01

10

Main motor system ON + Coolingfan low speed (For the duplexmodel, the duplex motor issimultaneously turned on.)Polygon motor ON

SimNo.

Kind ofmain code

Subcode

Operation

26 Varioussetup

0102030406072030

373940424344

47

55

Manual feed setupSPF setupSecond cassette setupMachine duplex setupDestination setupMachine conditions checkRear edge void setupCE mark conformity controlON/OFF setupCancel of stop at developer overMemory capacity setupPolygon motor OFF time setupTransfer ON timing control setupSide void setupSPF document rear edge readsetupFAX document rear edge scansetupCRUM destination display

30 Sensoroperationcheck(Standardprovision)

01 Paper sensor status display

43 Fusingtemperaturesetup

010405

09

Normal copyFusing temperature setup 2Duplex mode fusing temperaturesetupPostcard size paper fusing controlsetup

46 Exposureadjustment

011213

14

15

19

Copy density adjustmentFAX density overall adjustmentFAX density adjustment(Standard mode)FAX density adjustment (Finecharacter mode)FAX density adjustment (SuperFine mode)γ Table adjustment (Copy mode)

48 Magnification ratiocorrection

01 Front/rear scan direction

50 Lead edgeadjustment

01

10

18

19

Lead edge image positionadjustmentPaper lead edge/rear edge voidadjustmentPaper center offset +OC/Document center offset +SPF document center offsetMemory reverse positionadjustmentDuplex copy rear edge voidadjustment

51 Timingadjustment

0206

Resist quantity adjustmentSPF exposure correction

61 Lasersystemoperation

03 Polygon motor check(HSYNC output check)

63 Shading 01 Shading check64 Self print 01 Self print only with the engine (1

by 2 mode)66 FAX PWB

checkNone Simulation on the FAX panel

(For details, refer to the FAXsimulation.)

67 ProgramDownload

14 PCL PWB program download

AR-F152

9 – 1

2. Contents of simulations (new or revised simulations only)Input method: Clear key → Exposure Select key → Clear key → Exposure Select key

Main code Sub code Content

01 01 Mirror scan operation(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the mirror home position is detected.

2. When the _START key is pressed, scanning is executed at the speed corresponding to the currently set copymagnification ratio.The copy magnification ratio can be arbitrarily set with the magnification ratio select key/zoom key.

02 02 SPF sensor status displayON/OFF of the sensors in the SPF can be checked with the following lamps.

03 Motor ON(Operation/Procedure)When the start key is pressed, the SPF motor rotates for 10 sec at the speed corresponding to the currently setmagnification ratio.

04 Paper feed solenoid ON(Operation/Procedure)When the start key is pressed, the SPF paper feed solenoid repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF (500 ms) 20 times.

05 Pressure release solenoid ON (RSPF)(Operation/Procedure)When the start key is pressed, the RSPF document transport solenoid (SPFS) repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF(500 ms) 20 times.

06 Resist clutch ON (RSPF)(Operation/Procedure)When the start key is pressed, the RSPF resist clutch (SRRC) repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF (500 ms) 20times.

07 Gate solenoid ON (RSPF)(Operation/Procedure)When the start key is pressed, the RSPF gate solenoid (SGS) repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF (500 ms) 20times.

05 01 Operation panel display checkWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the LED on the operation panel is lighted for 5 sec. The LED on the FAXpanel and the LCD black background are displayed simultaneously.

02 Fusing lamp ON + cooling fan HIGH/LOW speed(Operation/Procedure)When the START key is pressed, the fusing lamp repeats ON (500ms) and OFF (500msec) 5 times.During this period, the cooling fan rotates in the high speed mode. After completion of the operation, the coolingfan rotates in the low speed mode.

03 Copy lamp ON(Operation/Procedure)When the START key is pressed, the copy lamp is lighted for 5 sec.

06 01 Paper feed solenoid ON(Operation/Procedure)When the START key is pressed, the paper feed solenoid selected by the tray select key repeats ON (500ms)and OFF (500ms) 20 times.

02 Resist solenoid ON(Operation/Procedure)When the START key is pressed, the resist solenoid (RRS) repeats ON (500ms) and OFF (500ms) 20 times.

Sensor name Display lampMirror home position sensor OPC drum cartridge replacement lamp

Display SensorToner cartridge replacement lamp Document set detection (SPID)Jam lamp SPF document transport detection (SPPD)Developer replacement lamp SPF cover open detection (SCOD)SPF jam lamp SPF open/close detection (SDSW)

FAX document size detectionPaper size detection

SPF lamp FAX/SPF B4 size detection (SB4D)

AR-F152

9 – 2


07 01 Warm-up display and aging with jam(Operation/Procedure)1. When the simulation is executed, warming up is started.2. Warm-up time is counted and displayed every second on the copy quantity display.3. After completion of warm-up, the time count is stopped and the ready lamp is lighted.4. Press the clear key to clear the warm-up time display, set the copy quantity, and press the START key, andthe machine will copy the set quantity repeatedly.

06 Intermittent aging(Operation/Procedure)1. When the simulation is executed, warming up is started.2. After completion of warm-up, the ready lamp is lighted.3. Set the copy quantity and press the START key, and the machine will copy the set quantity repeatedly.4. After 3 sec of the interval time from completion of copying the set quantity, the machine will resume copying.5. The above operation 4 is repeated.

08 01 Developing bias(Operation/Procedure)When the START key is pressed, the developing bias is outputted for 30 sec.

02 Main charger (Grid high)(Operation/Procedure)When the START key is pressed, the main charger output is supplied for 30 sec in the grid voltage HIGH mode.

03 Grid voltage (Low)(Operation/Procedure)When the START key is pressed, the main charger output is supplied for 30 sec in the grid voltage LOW mode.

06 Transfer charger(Operation/Procedure)When the START key is pressed, the transfer charger output is supplied for 30 sec.

10 None Toner motor aging(Operation/Procedure)When the START key is pressed, the toner motor output is supplied for 30 sec.

14 None Cancel of troubles other than U2(Operation/Procedure)After canceling the trouble, the simulation is also automatically canceled.

16 None Cancel of U2 trouble(Operation/Procedure)1. When the START key is pressed, the EEPROM total counter check sum is rewritten and the trouble iscanceled.2. After canceling the trouble, the simulation is also automatically canceled.

20 01 Maintenance/mini-maintenance counter clearWhen the Print switch is pressed, the maintenance counter is cleared, and 000000 is displayed. When thedestination has been set to Japan AB series, the mini-maintenance counter is cleared.

21 01 Maintenance cycle setupThe currently set maintenance cycle code is displayed (initial display), and the set data is stored.

02 Mini-maintenance cycle setup (Valid only when the destination is set to Japan AB series.)The current set code of maintenance cycle is displayed (Initial display), and the set data is stored.

Code Setup0 3,000 sheets1 6,000 sheets2 9,000 sheets3 13,000 sheets4 25,000 sheets5 Free (999,999 sheets) ∗ Default

Code Setup0 5,000 sheets ∗ Default1 10,000 sheets2 Free (999,999 sheets)

AR-F152

9 – 3


22 01 Maintenance/mini-maintenance counter displayThe display is the same as the total counter value display.When the destination is set to other than Japan AB series, the maintenance counter is displayed.When the destination is set to Japan AB series, the mini-maintenance counter is displayed. The display is thesame as the total counter value display.

02 Maintenance/mini-maintenance preset displayThe preset value corresponding to the code set in 21-01 and 21-02.The display is the same as the total counter value display.When the destination is set to other than Japan AB series, the maintenance preset value is displayed.When the destination is set to Japan AB series, the mini-maintenance preset value is displayed.

04 Jam total counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

05 Total counter displayThe total count value is dispalyed in 3 digits × 2 times repeatedly.<Display example: 12345>012 → Blank → 345 → Blank → 0120.7s 0.3s 0.7s 1.0s 0.7s

06 Developer counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

08 SPF counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

12 Drum counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

14 P-ROM versiondisplayThe P-ROM version is displayed in 3 digits on the value display section.(AR, DM, PCL models: 100% Zoom lamp display)

17 Copy counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

18 Printer counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

20 Fax print counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

21 Scanner counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

22 SPF jam total counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

23 FAX reception counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

24 FAX transmission counter displayThe display method is the same as the total count value display.

24 01 Jam total counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the jam total count value is reset to 0.

04 SPF counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the SPF count value is reset to 0.

06 Developer counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the drum count value is reset to 0.

07 Drum counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the drum count value is reset to 0.

08 Copy counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the copy count value is reset to 0.

09 Printer counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the printer count value is reset to 0.

10 FAX transmission/reception counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the FAX transmission/reception count value is reset to 0.

11 FAX print counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the Fax print-out count value is reset to 0.

13 Scanner counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the scanner count value is reset to 0.

AR-F152

9 – 4


24 14 SPF jam total counter clearWhen the PRINT switch is pressed, the SPF jam total count value is reset to 0.

25 01 Main motor system ON + Cooling fan low speed (For the duplex model, the duplex motor is simultaneouslyturned on.)(Operation/Procedure)When the START key is pressed, the main motor is rotated for 30 sec.To save toner consumption, the different operations are executed depending on installation of the developing unit.⋅ When the developing unit is installed, the developing bias, the main charger, and the grid are also outputted.⋅ When the developing unit is not installed, only the motor is rotated.∗ Do not turn on the door open/close switch forcibly to execute this simulation.

10 Polygon motor ON(Operation/Procedure)When the START key is pressed, the polygon motor is operated for 30sec.

26 01 Manual feed setup(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set bypass code number is displayed.2. Enter the code number corresponding to the bypass and press the START key, and the setting will be changed.

02 SPF setupWhen this simulation is executed, the currently set SPF code number is displayed. Enter the code number of theSPF to be set and press the PRINT switch. The setup is changed.

03 Second cassette setup(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number of the second cassette is displayed.2. Enter the code number and press the start key. The setting is changed.

04 Machine duplex setup(Operation/procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set duplex code number is displayed.2. Enter the code number corresponding to the duplex and press the ENTER key, and the setup will be changed.

06 Destination setup(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set destination code number is displayed.2. Enter the code number corresponding to the destination and press the START key, and the setting will be changed.

Code number Bypass0 Single bypass1 Multi bypass

Code No. SPF0 Without SPF1 With SPF (Setup is required when installing FAX.)2 With RSPF

Code number Second cassette0 Without second cassette1 With second cassette

Code number Duplex0 Without Duplex1 With Duplex

Code number Destination0 Inch series1 EX AB series2 Japan AB series

AR-F152

9 – 5


26 07 Machine conditions check(Operation/Procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current machine setting is displayed.

20 Rear edge void setup(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number of rear edge void setting is displayed.2. Enter the code number of rear edge void setting and press the START key, and the setting will be changed.

30 CE mark conformity control ON/OFF setup(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number of CE mark application is displayed.2. Enter the code number of CE mark application and press the START key, and the setting will be changed.

37 Cancel of stop at developer life overWhen this simulation is executed, the current set code is displayed. Enter a new code and press the PRINTswitch, and the entered code is registered.

39 Memory capacity setup(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.2. Enter the code number and press the START key, and the setting will be changed.

40 Polygon motor OFF time setup(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.2. Enter the code number and press the START key, and the setting will be changed.

CPM Copy quantity display10 cpm 1012 cpm 1215 cpm 15

The machine type is shown with the lamp display.No setup: NoneBTA-A: AE mode lamp ONBTA-B: TEXT mode lamp ONBTA-C: Photo mode lamp ON

Code number Rear edge void setting0 Rear edge void allowed1 Rear edge void not allowed

Code number CE mark application setting0 CE mark application control OFF1 CE mark application control ON

Code number Setting0 Stop at developer life over1 Stop cancel at developer life over

Code number Setting0 No memory1 4 Mbyte2 6 Mbyte

Code number Setting0 0 sec1 30 sec2 60 sec3 90 sec

AR-F152

9 – 6


26 42 Transfer ON timing control setup(Operation / Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.2. Enter the code number and press the START key, and the setting will be changed. (For any number different from the following ones, the default time is automatically set.)

43 Side void setup(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number of the side void amount is displayed.2. Enter the code number and press the start key. The setting is changed.

44 SPF document rear edge read setup + Fax document rear edge scan setup.

When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed. Enter the desired code numberand press the START key, and the display will be changed. The document rear edge scanning area in SPFreduction (less than 100%) copy is changed.

The code number is changeable in the range of 0 – 8.The default value is 4, and 2 mm of the document rear edge is cut.When the value is changed by 1, the area is changed by 1 mm.

47 FAX document rear edge scan setupWhen this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed. Enter the desired code numberand press the print switch, and the setup is switched. The scan area at the rear edge of FAX original with SPFis changed according to the entered code number.Code number is in the range of 0 – 8.The default is 4. When set to the default, the area of about 2 mm from the rear edge of the original is cut out.When the value is changed by 1, the dimension is changed by about 1 mm.

55 CRUM destination displayWhen this simulation is executed, the current setup of the CRUM destination stored in the machine is displayed.

Code number Setting0 Default (330 msec)1 –40 msec2 –30 msec3 –20 msec4 –10 msec5 Default (330 msec)6 +10 msec7 +20 msec8 +30 msec9 +40 msec

Code number Setting0 0 mm1 0.5 mm2 1.0 mm3 1.5 mm4 2.0 mm *Default5 2.5 mm6 3.0 mm7 3.5 mm8 4.0 mm9 4.5 mm10 5.0 mm

Code number Setting00 No setup01 BTA-A02 BTA-B03 BTA-C

AR-F152

9 – 7


30 01 Paper sensor status displayThe paper sensor status is displayed with the lamps on the operation panel.

43 01 Fusing temperature setup (Normal copy)(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.2. Enter the code number and press the START key, and the setting will be changed.

04 Fusing temperature setup 2(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.2. Enter the code number and press the START key, and the setting will be changed.

05 Duplex mode fusing temperature setup(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.2. Enter the code number corresponding to the duplex and press the START key. The setting is changed accordingly.

∗ The above shift temperature set by this simulation is added to the fusing temperature of single copy.

09 Postcard size paper fusing control setup

Display SensorToner cartridge replacement lamp Paper detection before resist (PPD1)JAM lamp Fusing section paper detection (PPD2)Developer cartridge replacement lamp Paper exit paper detection (POD)2nd cassette lamp 2nd CS paper detection (PPD3)AE lamp Single manual feed paper detection (MFD) Exposure level 1 (Light) lamp Main cassette A4 width detection (PSW1)Exposure level 5 (Dark) lamp 2nd cassette A4 width detection (PSW2)

Code number Set temperature (˚C)0 1751 1802 1853 1904 195 (∗ Default)5 200

Code number Set temperature (˚C)0 1551 1602 1653 170 (∗ Default)4 1755 180

Code number Shift temperature (˚C)0 ±0˚C1 –8˚C2 –6˚C3 –4˚C4 –2˚C5 ±0˚C6 +2˚C7 +4˚C8 +6˚C9 +8˚C

Code number Setup0 Cancel (Default)1 Setup

AR-F152

9 – 8


46 01 Copy density adjustment(Outline)Used to adjust the copy density in each copy mode.(The copy density can be set by changing the set value ofASIC GAMMA ADJUST register.)Setting in each copy mode is performed at exposure level 3. When the copy density (exposure) is adjustedarbitrarily, the max, and min. exposure levels are automatically calculated and set. (The change amounts(gradient, change amount) at level 1 – 5 are predetermined.)(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, warming up and shading are performed and the current set value is displayed in two digits.2. Press the copy mode select key to select each setting mode and setting display. ∗ The copy mode setting is indicated with the following lamps as shown below.3. Change the setting with the value up-down key and press the START key, and a copy will be made with the entered set value.4. Press the clear key to store the set value and exit the simulation.

The value displayed after execution of this simulation can be set in the range of 0 – 99 with 50 as the centervalue.When the text mode set value is Gat3, for example, the GAMMA ADJUST register value set at Exp1 is:Text Exp1 = Gat3 – 50 – 24When 40 is set to Gat3, Text Exp1 = 40 – 50 – 24 = –34Then set the GAMMA ADJUST register set value to –34.Perform the same procedure for each mode and each Exp.∗ The above table may subject to change.∗ For the gradient, there is a similar table, though not specified here. The value set with SIM 46, however, is not reflected.∗ The AE mode Exp selection is not specified, but corresponds to the grades for AE exposure selection in the former models.

12 FAX density overall adjustmentUsed to set the normal mode density setup value added with each FAX resolution mode correction value toeach FAX resolution mode collectively.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warming up and shading are performed and the currently set value isdisplayed in 2 digits. (Center value: 50)Change the set value with the value up-down key and press the PRINT switch. The entered value is stored andthe simulation is terminated.During this mode, the resolution mode cannot be selected.

The range of values dispalyed after execution of this simulation is 0 - 99 with 50 as the center.

∗ when reading FAX, the AE density can be selected in three levels (Dark, Normal, Light). However, in thismode, copying is made in Normal. (There is no manual setup in reading FAX.)

13 FAX density adjustment (Standard mode)Used to set the density set value in the normal mode individually.(Operating procedure)Same as the FAX density overall adjustment.

Copy mode Display lampAE mode AE mode lampTEXT mode TEXT mode lampPHOTO mode PHOTO mode lampTS mode (TEXT) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampTS mode (AE) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp

Relationship between the displayed values and the GAMMA ADJUST register

Exp1 Exp2 Exp3 Exp4 Exp5AE –24 –12 0 +12 +24TEXT –24 –12 0 +12 +24PHOTO –24 –12 0 +12 +24T/S –24 –12 0 +12 +24

AR-F152

9 – 9


46 14 FAX density adjustment (Fine mode)Used to set the denisty set value in the small character mode individually.(Operating procedure)Same as the FAX density overall adjustment.Since, however, the small character mode has the Text document mode and the Photo document mode,changeover can be made with the copy mode select key and the set value of the selected mode is displayed onthe copy quantity display. The copy mode setup is made as shown below.

15 FAX density adjustment (Super Fine mode)Used to set the density set value in the fine mode individually.(Operating procedure)Same as the FAX density overall adjustment.

19 γ table setupWhen this simulation is executed, the currently set gamma table code number is displayed. Enter the codenumber corresponding to your desired gamma table and press the PRINT switch, and the setup will be changed.

48 01 Front/rear scan direction(Outline)

(1) Front/rear scanning direction magnification ratio auto correction: (Performed by changing the set value ofZOOM DATA register for asic.) The width of the reference line marked on the shading correction plate isscanned to perform the front/rear direction magnification ratio adjustment automatically. (Performed bychanging the set value of ZOOM DATA register for ASIC.)

(2) Front/rear scanning direction magnification ratio manual correction: Used to set the front/rear (main scanning)direction magnification ratio by key operations. (Performed by changing the set value of ZOOM DATAregister for ASIC.)

(3) Scanning direction magnification ratio correction: The scanning direction magnification ratio in the OC mode isset by key operations. (Performed by changing the scanning speed.)

(4) SPF mode scanning direction magnification ratio correction: The scanning direction magnification ratio in theOC mode is set by key operations. (Performed by changing the scanning speed.)

(Operation/Procedure)1. When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Center value: 50)

2. When the copy mode select key is pressed, the setting mode and the setting display are changedsequentially.∗ The selected adjustment mode is indicated by the lamps as follows:

3. In the front/rear scanning direction adjustment, when the START key is pressed, the mirror base unit movesto the white plate for shading and the width of the reference line is read and the correction value iscalculated and displayed and the value is stored.In the case of the manual adjustment, enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the START key.Then the entered value is stored and a copy is made. (An increase of 1 in the set value corresponds to anincrease of 0.1mm.)

4. Press the clear key to store the set value and exit the simulation.

In the front-rear direction magnification ratio correction:

(1) The result of calculation of the scan correction value is ±5% or less, “- -” is displayed.(Cause) The white plate reference position error or the lens unit installing error

(2) In case of a scanning error of the reference line, the JAM lamp is turned on.(Cause) CCD error or no white plate∗) If the automatic correction of magnification ratio does not work properly, adjust and correct manually.

Mode Display lampText document mode AE mode lampPhoto document mode Photo mode lamp

Code number γ table1 Japan2 EX Japan

Adjustment mode Lamps ONFront/rear direction magnification ratio auto correction AE lampFront/rear direction magnification ratio manual correction TEXT lampScanning direction magnification ratio correction PHOTO lampSPF mode scanning direction magnification ratio correction AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamps

AR-F152

9 – 10


50 01 Lead edge image position adjustment + Paper lead edge/rear edge void adjustment(Outline)This adjustment is used to adjust the copy image position and lead edge/rear edge void amount on the copypaper by adjusting the image scan start position and the print start position (resist roller ON timing) at 100%.(Operation/Procedure)

1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set value is displayed in two digits. (Center value: 50)

2. When the copy mode select key is pressed, each setting mode and the display are changed.

∗ The selected adjustment mode is indicated by the lamps as shown in the table below.

3. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the start key. The set value is stored and a copy ismade. (When the set value is increased by 1, the void amount is shifted by 0.1 mm.)

4. When the clear key is pressed, the set value is stored and the simulation mode is terminated.

(Adjustment method)

1. Set the print start position (A: AE ON), the lead edge void amount (B: TEXT ON), the scanning start position(C: PHOTO ON) to zero and make a copy of a scale at 100%.

2. Measure the image loss R (mm) of the scale.Set as C = 10 × R (mm). (Example: Set to 30.)

∗ When C is increased by 10, the image loss is decreasedby 1 mm. (Default: 5)

3. Measure the distance H (mm) from the paper lead edge tothe image print start position.Set as A = 10 × R (mm). (Example: Set to 50.)

∗ When the value of A is increased by 10, the image leadedge is shifted toward the paper lead edge by 1 mm.(Default: 50)

4. Set the lead edge void amount as B = 50 (2.5 mm).(Default: 50)

∗ When the value of B is increased by 10, the void isincreased by about 1 mm.(For 25 or less, however, the void amount becomes zero.)

The SPF adjustment is made by adjusting the SPF image scan start position immediately after turning on thepower.

10 Paper center offset + OC/Document center offset + SPF document center offset(Outline)The center offset position of copy image on the copy paper and that of document scan are adjusted byadjusting the scan left margin of ASIC and the print left margin register set value.(Operation/Procedure)

1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set value is displayed.

2. For a machine with a multi manual paper feed unit installed, when the copy mode select key is pressed, eachset mode and display are changed.For a machine with a single manual paper feed unit installed, when the copy mode select key is pressed,each set mode and display are changed.

Machine with a multi manual paper feed unit

Distance from the paperlead edge to the imageH = 5mm

Image lossR = 3mm

(Example)

Adjustment mode Lighting lampsPrint start position (Main cassette) AE, Main cassette lampsPrint start position (2nd cassette) AE, 2nd lampsPrint start position (Manual paper feed) AE, Manual feed lampsImage lead edge void quantity TEXT lampImage scan start position PHOTO lampImage rear edge void quantity AE, TEXT, PHOTO lampsSPF image scan start position AE, TEXT lamps

Adjustment mode Display lampPrint center offset (Main cassette paper feed) AE, main cassette lampPrint center offset (2nd cassette paper feed) AE, 2nd cassette lampPrint center offset (Manual paper feed) AE, Manual paper feed lampOC/Document center offset AE, TEXT lampSPF/Document center offset AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp

AR-F152

9 – 11


50 10 Machine with a single manual paper feed unit

18 Memory reverse position adjustment in duplex copyWhen this simulation is executed, the currently set correction value is displayed. Enter the desired correctionvalue with the 10-key and press the print key. The entered value is stored. (The correction value ranges from 1to 99. 0 or 50 for zero correction.)Front print in the S-D mode and even page print in the D-S mode are performed with reverse memory operationfrom the rear of the original. When, therefore, the print position adjustment of the output image is required,perform the adjustment as follows:The image direction in reverse memory copy is shown in Fig. 1. When the original scanning is made in thearrow direction, output images are printed from the rear edge of scanning.If, therefore, the print lead edge is shifted, set the reference chart so that the reference position is in the rearand use this simulation to change the simulation set value so that the lead edge of print images comes in theproper position. Printing is started at the print start position and executed from the final memory image data to the head data.By changing the position of the end data stored in memory with the simulation set value, the image lead edgeposition is adjusted and the read edge position of scanning is changed.Therefore, the end position of scanning is changed by the simulation set value to change the position of the enddata stored in memory. The image lead edge is adjusted in this manner.

19 Duplex copy rear edge void adjustmentUsed to adjust the rear edge void in duplex copy.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the currently set value is displayed in 2 digits.When the copy mode select key is pressed, the set mode and the display are switched sequentially.Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the print key, and the entered value is stored and a copyis made. When the clear key is pressed, the entered value is stored and the simulation mode is terminated.(When the set value is increased by 1, the void is increased by about 0.1mm.)

Original transport direction

Lead edge of scanning

Paper transport direction

Print lead edgeLead edge void (1)Print start position

Rear edge voidPrint rear edge

End position of scanning

(Default: Scan cut by void(1))

Rear edge of scanning

Scanning direction

Adjustment mode Display lampPrint center offset (Main cassette paper feed) AE, Main cassette lampPrint center offset (Manual paper feed) AE lamp (Blinking)OC/Document center offset AE, TEXT lampSPF/Document center offset AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp

Adjustment mode Lamp ONImage cut rear edge void (RSPF) AE lampPaper rear edge void TEXT lamp

AR-F152

9 – 12


51 02 Resist quantity adjustmentUsed to adjust the contact pressure of paper onto the copier resist roller and the RSPF resist roller.(Operation/Procedure)


2. In a machine with the multi paper feed unit installed, press the copy mode select key, and each setting modeand display are changed sequentially.In a machine with the single paper feed unit installed, press the copy mode select key, and each settingmode and display are changed sequentially.∗ The selected adjustment mode is indicated by the lamps as follows:

3. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the SORT key. Then the set value is stored and a copyis made.

4. Press the clear key to store the set value and exit the simulation.

∗ Machine with the multi manual paper feed

∗ Machine with the single manual paper feed

06 SPF exposure correction(Outline)The SPF exposure correction amount is adjusted by adjusting the change in Vref voltage for the OC mode.(Operation/Procedure)


2. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the start key. The entered value is stored and a copy ismade.

∗ When the adjustment value is changed by 1, the D/A output is changed by +1 digit (dark) for OCexposure. When it is changed by –1, the output is changed by –1 digit (light).

3. When the clear key is pressed, the entered value is stored and the simulation mode is terminated.

61 03 Polygon motor check (HSYNC output check)(Operation/Procedure)When the START key is pressed, HSYNC is performed and the polygon motor is rotated for 30 sec.At that time, the Zoom lamp is lighted for 100msec every time when HSYNC is detected.

63 01 Shading check(Outline)Used to display the detection level of the white plate for shading. (Vref of AD conversion IC is fixed.)(Operation/Procedure)When the START key is pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the white plate for shading and Vref+ voltage ofAD conversion IC is set to 4.5V and Vref- voltage to 0.5V, and the copy lamp is lighted.This state is kept for 10 sec, and the level of one pixel at the center is detected every second to display on thevalue display section.

64 1 Self print only with the engine (1 by 2 mode)(Outline)Used to print in the 1 by 2 mode by ignoring the state of the optical system.(Operation/Procedure)

1. When this simulation is executed, warming up is made and the ready lamp is lighted.

2. Select with the cassette select key and press the start key. Paper is fed from the selected cassette andprinting is performed.

In the 1 by 2 mode, one line is printed and two lines are not printed.

Adjustment mode Display lampMain cassette paper feed AE, Main cassette lamp2nd cassette paper feed AE, 2nd cassette lampManual paper feed AE, Manual paper feed lampRSPF document feed (front) AE, TEXT, PHOTO lampRSPF document feed (back) AE, TEXT lampDuplex back TEXT, PHOTO lamp

Adjustment mode Display lampMain cassette paper feed AE, Main cassette lampManual paper feed AE blinking (Main cassette lamp ON)RSPF document feed (front) AE, TEXT, PHOTO lampRSPF document feed (back) AE, TEXT lampDuplex back TEXT, PHOTO lamp

AR-F152

9 – 13


66 None Simulation on the FAX panel (For details, refer to the FAX simulation.)

67 14 PCL PWB program downloadUsed to download the control program for PCL PWB.(Operating procedure)1. Download procedure1) Enter the simulation code, and the Ready LED will light up and the On-line LED will go off.2) Press the PRINT switch, and the Ready LED will go off and the Flash ROM data will be deleted.3) After completion of deletion, the On-line LED lights up.4) Get your PC into the DOS mode and execute "COPY /Bxxx.BIN LPT1", and downloading will be started and the On-line LED will blink.5) After completion of downloading, execute SUM check. If there is no problem, the On-line LED will go off and the Ready LED will light up. If there is any problem, "F9-10:PCL PWB trouble" is displayed.6) Turn OFF/ON the power.

2. In case of a fail in downloading, turn OFF/ON the power and perform procedure 1.

3. Items required for Flash downloading1) PC2) Parallel cable3) Program data file

3. FAX simulations (AR-F152 only)A. Entering the FAX simulation modeThere are following two ways of entering the Fax simulation mode. They differ only in the key sequence and the operations of the simulation arethe same in either mode.For key operations in the FAX simulation mode, use the LCD display and the FAX panel.During Fax operations, the Fax simulation cannot be entered.

(1) From the FAX panel

Procedure Procedure Position Operation

1 Press FUNCTION, 9, ∗, 8, #, 7. Fax Panel ROM version is displayed on the LCD.

2 Press ENTER. Fax Panel FAX enters the simulation mode.The machine is in the normal display.

3 Press ← / → proper times. Fax Panel Each mode name is displayed on the LCD sequentially.

4 Press ENTER. Fax Panel The mode is determined.

5 Procedure in each mode Fax Panel Operations in each mode

Instead of above procedures 3 and 4, press the code (2 digits) of the target mode to enter the mode directly.

(2) From the COPIER panel

Procedure Procedure Position Operation

1 Press Clear, Exposure, Clear,Exposure.

Copier Panel Waiting for simulation code.FAX is in the normal display.

2 Enter the main code of 66 with10Up/1Up keys.

Copier Panel “66” is displayed on 7SEG LED.

3 Press START key. Copier Panel The machine exits the simulation mode, and the FAX enters thesimulation mode.

4 Press ← / → proper times. Fax Panel Each mode name is displayed on the LCD sequentially.

5 Press ENTER. Fax Panel The mode is determined.

6 Procedure in each mode Fax Panel Operations in each mode

Instead of above procedures 4 and 5, press the code number (2 digits) of the target mode to enter the mode directly.

B. List of functions

Mode#

Mode Details of functionsLCD display

(Mode name)

01 Soft switch settingmode

This mode is used to change the soft switch setup. The available soft switchesare SW1 to SW30. The contents of soft switches are backed up.For details of soft switches, refer to “Software Switch for FAX.”

01:SOFT SWITCH

02 Soft switch clearmode (Only thesetup is cleared.)

This mode is used to reset the soft switch setup (including the user option setup)to the default.Since, however, some of soft switches have the adjustment values, the area forthe adjustment values is excluded from the targets.

02:SOFT SW CLEAR

AR-F152

9 – 14

03 ROM & RAMcheck mode

This mode is used to perform ROM check sum and RAM read/write test.The result is shown with the buzzer and the LCD.No error: NO ERROR/ No buzzerROM error : ROM ERROR / Buzzer onceRAM error : RAM ERROR / Buzzer twice

03:ROM/RAM CHECK

04 Signal send mode This mode is used to send various signals to the line. The FAX signal is sent inthe level set with the soft switch.There are the following kinds of signals:

04:SIGNAL SEND

10 Image memoryclear mode (Onlythe image data iscleared.)

This mode is used to clear the image data memory (DRAM). 10:IMAGE MEM CLEAR

14 Dial test /adjustment mode(Pulse 10 pps)

This mode is used to dial in dial pulse (10PPS) and to set the pulse make ratioadjustment value.The range of make ratio variable range: -8% ∼ +7%The setup is reflected on the adjustment value area of the soft switch.The dialed number is fixed to “1590.”

14:DIAL TEST 10 PPS

16 Dial test mode(Tone)

This mode is used to dial with DTMF.The number to be dialed is fixed to “123456789∗0#”.

16:DIAL TEST TONE

21 Print out softswitch mode

This mode is used to print the report on the current soft switch setup. 21:PRINT SOFT SW

42 FAX Panel checkmode

This mode is used to check the keys and the LED on the FAX panel.When any key on the FAX panel other than the STOP key is pressed, the nameof the pressed key is displayed on the LCD.The LED’s on the FAX panel are lighted one by one sequentially.When any change is made on a sensor in the SPF section, the sensor name aswell as its ON/OFF status is displayed on the LCD.

42:FAX PANEL TEST

43 Signal detect mode This mode is used to detect signals in the line, and the detected signal name isdisplayed on the LCD. The signals to be detected are CNG, DTMF, and silent.The detection conditions conform to the soft switch setup.

43:SIG. DETECT

44 Long distancecomm. Select mode

This mode is used to specify the other party FAX numbers registered in the one-touch/speed dial, with which communication errors occur frequently due to poorline conditionsTo the specified parties, the max. transmission speed is compulsorily reduced tostabilize the communication line.The speed is available in 9600BPS and 4800BPS.

44:LONG DIST COMM

C. Operating procedures in each mode(1) Soft SW change method

Procedure LCD Operation

1 Press FUNCTION, 9, ∗, 8, #, 7. DIAGNOSTIC MODEROM VERSION = <version>

2 Press ENTER. DIAGNOSTIC MODESELECT MENU(← →)

3 Press 0, 1. SW # =

4 Enter the SW No. (2 digits) to be changed. SW # = 10

5 Press ← / → to shift the cursor to the bit to bechanged. (The left edge is Bit No. 1.)

SW10 = 00010101bit # = 12345678

1 No signal ( OFF HOOK state)2 DTMF (0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,*,#)3 14400 bps (V.17) (00000000b, 11111111b, 01010101b)4 12000 bps (V.17) (00000000b, 11111111b, 01010101b)5 9600 bps (V.17) (00000000b, 11111111b, 01010101b)6 7200 bps (V.17) (00000000b, 11111111b, 01010101b)7 9600 bps (V.29) (00000000b, 11111111b, 01010101b)8 7200 bps (V.29) (00000000b, 11111111b, 01010101b)9 4800 bps (V27ter) (00000000b, 11111111b, 01010101b)

10 2400 bps (V27ter) (00000000b, 11111111b, 01010101b)11 300 bps (FLAG) (00000000b, 11111111b, 01010101b)12 2100 Hz (CED)13 1100 Hz (CNG)

AR-F152

9 – 15

6 Press FUNCTION to highlight the bit in the cursorposition.

SW10 = 10010101bit # = 12345678

7 Press ENTER to register. SW # = Return to Step 3.Press STOP to exit from the mode.

(2) Soft switch clear mode




3 Press 0, 2. 02:SOFT SW CLEAR1:OK 2:CANCEL

4 Press 1. DIAGNOSTIC MODESELECT MENU(← →)

The soft switches setup is reset to the default,and this mode is terminated.

(3) ROM & RAM check mode




3 Press 0, 3. 03:ROM/RAM CHECK

4 (Normal case) ROM/RAM OK

(RAM error) RAM ERROR Two short beeps

(ROM error) ROM ERROR One short beep

(4) Signal send mode




3 Press 0, 4. 04:SIGNAL SENDSELECT SIGNAL

4 Press ← or → repeatedly to select the targetsignal.

<signal type>PRESS ENTER KEY

For <signal type>, refer to TABLE-3.

5 When the target signal is displayed, press ENTER. mode # = 1 → 10mode # = 2 → 20mode # = 3 ∼ 6 → 30mode # = 7 → 40

10 1:NO SIGNAL The relay is turned ON.

11 Press STOP. 04:SIGNAL SENDSELECT SIGNAL

The relay is turned OFF.“NO SIGNAL” mode is terminated.

12 (To terminate this mode)Press STOP.

This mode is terminated.

20 2:DTMFDTMF # =

21 Press any NUM key(0 ∼ 9) or ∗ or #. 2:DTMFDTMF # = <pressed key>

The DTMF signal corresponding to thepressed key is sent.

22 Press STOP. 2:DTMFDTMF # =

23 (To continue)Go to 21.

(To change the signal kind)Press STOP.

04:SIGNAL SENDSELECT SIGNAL

(To terminate this mode)Press STOP twice.


AR-F152

9 – 16


30 <signal type>SELECT SPEED

31 Press ← or → to select the target speed. <signal speed>PRESS ENTER KEY

For <signal speed>, refer to TABLE-4.

32 When the target speed is displayed, press ENTER. <signal speed>SELECT DATA

33 Press ← or → to select the target data to be sent. <data>PRESS ENTER KEY

For <data>, refer to TABLE-5.

34 When the target data is displayed, press ENTER. <signal speed><data>

The selected signal is sent.

35 Press STOP. <signal speed>SELECT DATA

Signal send stop

36 (To change data only)Go to 33.

(To change speed)Press STOP.

<signal type>SELECT SPEED

(To change the signal kind)Press STOP twice.


(To terminate this mode)Press STOP 3 times.


40 7:TONESELECT FREQUENCY

41 Press ← or → to select the target frequency. <signal freq.>PRESS ENTER KEY

For <signal freq.>, refer to TABLE-4.

42 When the target frequency is displayed, pressENTER.

<signal freq.> The selected signal is sent.

43 Press STOP. 7:TONESELECT FREQUENCY

Signal send stop

44 (To change the frequency only)Go to 41.

(To change the signal kind)Press STOP.


(To terminate this mode)Press STOP twice.


TABLE-3: Signals in the Signal send mode

MODE # MENU DISPLAY

1 No signal 1:NO SIGNAL

2 DTMF 2:DTMF

3 V.17 3:V.17

4 V.29 4:V.29

5 V27ter 5:V27ter

6 FLAG 6:FLAG

7 Tone (CED/CNG) 7:TONE

TABLE-4: Speed/Frequency in the Signal send mode

MODE # MENU ITEM 1 MENU ITEM 2 MENU ITEM 3 MENU ITEM 4

3 1:V.17 14400BPS 2:V.17 12000BPS 3:V.17 9600BPS 4:V.17 7200BPS

4 1:V.29 9600BPS 2:V.29 7200BPS

5 1:V27ter 4800BPS 2:V27ter 2400BPS

6 1:FLAG 300BPS

7 1:TONE 2100Hz 2:TONE 1100Hz

AR-F152

9 – 17

TABLE-5: Data which is sent in the Signal send mode

MODE # MENU (DATA) DISPLAY

1 00000000b 1:00000000b

2 11111111b 2:11111111b

3 01010101b 3:01010101b

(5) Image memory clear mode


1 Press FUNCTION, 9, ∗, 8, #, 7. DIAGNOSTIC MODEROM VERSION =<version>


3 Press 1, 0. 10:IMAGE MEM CLEAR1:OK 2:CANCEL

4 Press 1. DIAGNOSTIC MODESELECT MENU(← →)

The image data are cleared and this mode isterminated.

(6) Dial test / adjustment mode (Pulse 10PPS)




3 Press 1, 4. 14:DIAL TEST 10 PPSMAKE RATIO = ##%

The current make ratio setup is displayed on ##.

4 Press ← or →.(If there is no need to adjust, no need to press.)

14:DIAL TEST 10 PPSMAKE RATIO = ##%

Press ← to decrease by 1%.Press → to increase by 1%.

5 Press ENTER. “1590” is dialed.

6 (Adjustment/test end)Press STOP.


(To continue adjustment/test)Return to 4.

(7) Dial test mode (Tone)




3 Press 1, 6. 16:DIAL TEST TONE “123456789∗0#” is dialed.This mode is terminated.

(8) Print out soft switch mode




3 Press 2, 1. 21:PRINT SOFT SW The soft switch list is printed.This mode is terminated.

AR-F152

9 – 18

(9) Panel check mode




3 Press 4, 2. 42:FAX PANEL TEST

4 Press any key. 42:FAX PANEL TEST<key name>

The name of the pressed key is displayed in thelower stage of the LCD.

5 Press STOP. This mode is terminated.

(10) Signal detect mode




3 Press 4, 3. 43:SIG. DETECT

4 (When DTMF signal is detected) 43:SIG. DETECTDTMF:<number>

(When CNG signal is detected) 43:SIG. DETECTCNG

(When QUIET signal is detected) 43:SIG. DETECTQUIET

(To terminate this mode)Press STOP.


(11) Long distance comm select mode




3 Press 4, 4. 44:LONG DIST COMM1:SET 2:CLEAR

To terminate this mode, press STOP.

4 Select the mode. To register → 10To cancel registration → 20

10 Press 1. SETENTER # OR RAPID

11 Press the desired one touch key or the speeddial (2 digits) to be registered.

SELECT SPEED1:9600BPS 2:4800BPS

12 Select the speed. (Press 1 or 2.) <Name or Number>STORED

13 Return to 3.

20 Press 2. CLEARENTER # OR RAPID

21 Press the desired one-touch key or speed dial (2digits) to be canceled.

<Name or Number>CLEARED

22 Return to 3.

Note: One-touch keys and speed dials which are not registered cannot be designated. When one-touch keys and speed dials which are registered are canceled, this setup is also canceled. The group key and the polling key cannot be designated.

AR-F152

9 – 19

4. Software switch for FAX (AR-F152 only)A. Software Switch ListThis machine is provided with the following software switches for the use by a serviceman.The setup items of SW21 and later correspond to user setup one-to-one.Since SW17 ∼ 20 are assigned to adjustment values, they are not cleared by Memory Clear.

SWNo.

BitNo.

ITEM Soft SW setting and function Factory Setting

1 1 300dpi reception enable Used to set enable/disable of 300 × 300dpi reception. 0

2 200 × 400dpi reception enable Used to set enable/disable of 200 × 400dpi reception. 1

345

Max. modem speed in reception Used to limit the max. reception speed of Modem to14400bps, 12000bps, 9600bps, 7200bps, 4800bps, 2400bps.

110

678

Max. modem speed in sending Used to limit the max. sending speed of Modem to14400bps, 12000bps, 9600bps, 7200bps, 4800bps, 2400bps.

110

2 1234

Silent detection threshold value Used to set the threshold value of silent detection in theanswering and recording mode.

Threshold = 8 × Bit1 + 4 × Bit2 + 2 × Bit3 + 1 × Bit4Factory setting = 8

1000

5678

Silent detection start time Used to set the silent detection start time in the answeringand recording mode. The time set with this switch is thatfrom connection of the line to silent detection start.

TIME = 8 × Bit5 + 4 × Bit6 + 2 × Bit7 + 1 × Bit8 secFactory setting = 8 × 0 + 4 × 1 + 2 × 0 + 1 × 1 = 5 sec

0101

3 1234

CNG detection threshold value(AUTO, MANUAL mode)

Used to set the threshold value of CNG signal detection.


0111

5678

CNG detection threshold value(A. M. mode Type 2)

Used to set the threshold value of CNG signal detection inthe A.M. mode when SW4-8 is set to Type 2.


0011

1 : Enable 0 : Disable


BitNo.

14400BPS

12000BPS

9600BPS

7200BPS

4800BPS

2400BPS

3 1 1 0 0 0 04 1 0 1 1 0 05 ∗ ∗ 1 0 1 0

BitNo.

14400BPS

12000BPS

9600BPS

7200BPS

4800BPS

2400BPS

6 1 1 0 0 0 07 1 0 1 1 0 08 ∗ ∗ 1 0 1 0

AR-F152

9 – 20

SWNo.

BitNo.


4 12

Silent detection end time Used to set the silent detection end time in the answeringand recording mode. The time set with this switch is thatfrom the last call sound to the silent detection end.

01

34

Number of times of CNG detection Used to set the required number of times of CNG detectionfor recognition of CNG signal one time.Number of times = 2 × Bit5 + 1 × Bit6 + 1Factory setting = 2 × 1 + 1 × 0 + 1 = 3 times

10

5 Reserved 0

6 Reserved 0

7 Reserved 0

8 A.M. mode signal detection filter Used to select the CNG signal detection filter in theanswering and recording mode.

0

5 1 Max. reception length Used to set or not to set the max. reception length of FAXdocuments. When this function is enabled, a reception lengthof 1.5m or above is treated as a communication error.

0

2 Reserved 0

3 Reserved 0

45

Line monitor When this function is enabled, the sound of the line underFAX session can be heard.

00

6 Protocol monitor (LCD) When this function is enabled, the signal name under FAXsession is displayed on the LCD in real time.

0

78

Protocol monitor (Report) When this function is enabled, the detailed report oncommunication is provided after completion of FAX sendingor reception.

00

6 1234

Signal send level This mode is used to set the FAX signal send level.The effective set range is –1 dBm to –16 dBm.The values are mere estimation figures because they areaffected by DAA.

LEVEL = –8 × Bit1 –4 × Bit2 –2 × Bit3 –0 × Bit4 –1 dBmFactory setting = –9 dBm (Set for each destination)(When modem speed ≥ 7200 bps :If setting is –1 or –2 dBm , the level is forced to –3 dBm.)

1000

5 Reserved 0

6 Reserved 0

7 Dial tone detection Used to set ON/OFF of dial tone detection before dialing forFAX sending.When this function is set to ON, dialing is started afterdetection of the dial tone.When this function is set to OFF, dialing is started after theset time of “Interval between OFF-HOOK and dial send”regardless of dial tone detection.

1

Bit No. No limit 60sec 45sec 30sec1 1 1 0 02 1 0 1 0

1: Type 2 Similar to SW3-5, -6, -7, and -8.

0: Type 1Same as the others. Similar to SW3-1, -2, -3, and -4.

1 : No limit 0 : 1.5 m

Bit No. Always ON Until response OFF4 1 0 05 ∗ 1 0

1 : ON 0 : OFF

Bit No. Always ON Error Only OFF7 1 0 08 ∗ 1 0

1 : ON 0 : OFF

AR-F152

9 – 21

SWNo.

BitNo.


6 8 Busy tone detection Used to set ON/OFF of busy tone detection. When thisfunction is set to ON, if busy tone is detected, transmissionis interrupted and the machine enters the recall mode.

1

7 1234

Reception sensitivity offset Used to set the FAX signal reception level offset. The setrange is –8dBm to +7dBm.The values are mere estimation figures because they areaffected by DAA.When “Auto reception sensitivity adjustment” is set to Enable,this setup is disabled.

Sensitivity offset =–8 × Bit1 + 4 × Bit2 + 2 × Bit3 + Bit4 dBmFactory setting = 0 dBm

0000

5 Auto reception sensitivityadjustment

When this function is set to Enable, the Modem automaticallyadjusts the received signal gain.

1

67

TransmissionLine Equalizer

Used to select the frequency characteristics in the signalsend level.This function is provided to absorb the difference infrequency characteristics between lines.When communication errors occur frequently, anotherequalizer must be selected.

01

8 Reserved 0

8 1 Non-modulation carrier send in V.29 Non-modulation carriers are not required for V.29 Modemtransmission in ITU-TS standards. However, non-modulationcarriers can be sent in advance to image signals.This function is effective to avoid communication troublesdue to echoes in oversea communication.

0

2 CED tone signal interval Used to set the time interval between the CED signal andthe NSF signal.This function is effective to avoid communication troublesdue to echoes in oversea communication.

0

3 Communication error processwhen receiving RTN

Used to set the communication error process for receivedRTN when there is an error in transmitted image data andRTN is returned.

1

4 NSF receive acknowledge Used to select between DIS signal recognition at 2-timereception of DIS signal and DIS signal recognition at DISsignal reception after NSF signal.This function is effective to avoid communication troublesdue to echoes in oversea communication.

0

1 : ON 0 : OFF


Gain (dB) for 2000Hz

Frequency NoneEqualizer

1Equalizer

2Equalizer

3500 0 +1.2 –1.0 –1.5

1000 0 –0.4 –1.1 –4.11500 0 –0.4 –0.6 –3.62500 0 +0.7 +0.9 +2.43000 0 +2.5 +2.5 +4.9

Bit No. None Equalizer 1 Equalizer 2 Equalizer 36 0 0 1 17 0 1 0 1

1 : ON 0 : OFF

1 : 500 msec 0 : 75 msec

1 : Not transmission error 0 : Transmission error

1 : Twice0 : Once for NSF reception,

Twice for DIS reception

AR-F152

9 – 22

SWNo.

BitNo.


8 5 EOL detection timer Used to set the EOL (End of Life) detection time to 25sec or13sec. This function is effective to avoid a communicationerror due to long EOL of certain models.

0

6 Reserved 0

7 Reserved 0

8 ECM Used to set ON/OFF of ECM. 1

9 12

Interval between OFF-HOOK anddial send

Used to set the delay from OFF-HOOK when starting dialingto actual send start of the dial signal.If the dial tone detection function is enabled, this setup isignored.

11

3 Reserved 0

4 Reserved 0

56

Reserved 00

78

Reserved 00

10 1 Reserved 0

2 FAST Used to set Enable/Disable of RMS (FAST) function. 0

3 Reserved 1

4 Basic resolution Used to select the basic resolution for scanning and printing. 0

5 Reserved 0

678

Language Used to select the language displayed on the LCD and thereport. The correspondence between language N and theactual language differs depending on the destination.

000

1 : 25 sec 0 : 13 sec

1 : ON 0 : OFF

Bit No. 0.5sec 1sec 2sec 3sec1 0 0 1 12 0 1 0 1


1 : Inch series 0 : Metric series

Language 1 Language 2 Language 3For NorthAmerica

AmericanEnglish

French Spanish

BitNo.

Lan-guage

1

Lan-guage

2

Lan-guage

3Reserved

6 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 17 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 18 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

AR-F152

9 – 23

SWNo.

BitNo.


11 1 Header Used to set the header attachment to the transmittingdocument.

0

2 Header in data transfer Used to set the header attachment to the transferringdocument.

0

3 Training (EQM) threshold value Used to select the threshold value to judge Success/Failureof training in reception of training.

0

4 Reserved 0

567

Non ECM error judgementthreshold value

010

8 Reserved 0

12 12345

Activity Report Auto Listing time Used to set the start time of Activity Report.Setup is made in the unit of one hour, and setup of minutescannot be made.

Print start time =Bit1 × 16 + Bit2 × 8 + Bit3 × 4 + Bit4 × 2 + Bit5 hour 00 minSet range = 0 ∼ 23Factory Setting = 00:00

00000

6 Reserved 0

7 Reserved 0

8 Reserved 0

13 1 Auto recall in direct send 0

2 Reserved 0

3 Reserved 0

4 Reserved 0

5 Reserved 0

6 Reserved 0

78

Effective compression system inreception

00

14 1 Reserved 0

2 Reserved 0

3 Reserved 0

4 Reserved 0

5 Reserved 0

6 Reserved 0

7 Reserved 0

8 Reserved 0

1 : Not attached 0 : Attached

1 : Not attached 0 : Attached

1 : Easy to fall back 0 : Normal

Bit 5, 6, 7 RTP RTN000 32 64001 16 32010 12 24011 8 16100 6 12101 4 8


Bit No.MH,MR,MMR

MH, MRMH,MMR

MH

7 0 0 1 18 0 1 0 1

AR-F152

9 – 24

SWNo.

BitNo.


15 1 Reserved 0

2 Reserved 0

3 Reserved 0

4 Reserved 0

5 Reserved 0

6 Reserved 0

7 Reserved 0

8 Reserved 0

16 1 RING signal frequency check Used to select the allowable frequency range of RING signal.Used to perform a communication test by using a simpleswitchboard in production process.

1

2 Reserved 0

3 Reserved 0

4 Reserved 0

5 Reserved 0

6 Reserved 0

7 Reserved 0

8 Reserved 0

17 1234

Pulse dial signal make ratioadjustment(10PPS)

Used to adjust the make ratio of 10PPS pulse dial signal.The set range is –8% to +7%.

Offset = –8 × Bit1 + 4 × Bit2 + 2 × Bit3 + 1 × Bit4 %Factory setting = 0 %

0000

5678

Reserved 0000

18 1 Reserved 0

2 Reserved 0

3 Reserved 0

4 Reserved 0

5 Reserved 0

6 Reserved 0

7 Reserved 0

8 Reserved 0

19 1 Reserved 0

2 Reserved 0

3 Reserved 0

4 Reserved 0

5 Reserved 0

6 Reserved 0

7 Reserved 0

8 Reserved 0

20 1 Reserved 0

2 Reserved 0

3 Reserved 0

4 Reserved 0

5 Reserved 0

6 Reserved 0

7 Reserved 0

8 Reserved 0

1 : To be checked 0 : Not to be checked

AR-F152

9 – 25

SWNo.

BitNo.


21 12

Record paper size Used to set the reception document size and the reportoutput paper size. When set to Auto, the paper size isautomatically selected according to the data size and thereduction ratio in reception.

11

3 Picture quality priority selection Used to set the default resolution in sending. 0

4 Reserved 0

5678

Number of reception start calls Used to set the number of calls before reception in the autoreception mode. The set range is 0 to 9 times.

Number = 8 × Bit5 + 4 × Bit6 + 2 × Bit7 + 1 × Bit8 ringsSet range : 0 –9

0010

22 1234

Number of auto reception select Used to set the number of calls before reception in themanual reception mode. This setup is used as a backupfunction when the external telephone does not respond. Theset range is OFF and 1 to 9 times.

Number = 8 × Bit1 + 4 × Bit2 + 2 × Bit3 + 1 × Bit4 ringsSet range : 0(= OFF), 1 –9

0000

5 Reserved 0

678

Result list print Used to set the printing conditions of the result list aftercompletion of communication.

001

23 1234

Number of recall times Used to set the number of times of recalls when sending isnot normally completed due to busy status of the other partyor a communication error.The set range is OFF and 1 to 14 times. For some causesof the communication error, however, the number of times ofrecalls must be set to a smaller level.

Recall Times = 8 × Bit1 + 4 × Bit2 + 2 × Bit3 + 1 × Bit4timesSet range : 0(= OFF), 1 –14

0010

5678

Recall interval Used to set the recall interval when a transmission is notnormally completed due to busy status of the other party ora communication error.The set range is 1 to 15 minutes.

Recall Interval = 8 × Bit5 + 4 × Bit6 + 2 × Bit7 + 1 × Bit8minSet range : 1 –15

0101

24 1234

Remote select number Used to select the first digit of the select request signalwhen selecting from the external telephone to FAX reception.The set range is 0 to 9.

Number = 8 × Bit1 + 4 × Bit2 + 2 × Bit3 + 1 × Bit4Set range : 0 – 9

0101

5 Remote reception Used to set whether “Remote select number” + “∗∗” from anexternal telephone is detected and switched to FAXreception or not.

1

6 FAX signal reception Used to set whether CNG signal is detected during OFF-HOOK and switched to FAX reception or not.

1

Bit No. Letter Legal A4 AUTO1 0 0 1 12 0 1 0 1

1 : Fine 0 : Standard

Bit No. Always Err/Tim Send Never Error6 0 0 0 0 17 0 0 1 1 08 0 1 0 1 0

1 : ON 0 : OFF

1 : ON 0 : OFF

AR-F152

9 – 26

SWNo.

BitNo.


24 7 Auto cover paper Used to set whether a cover is attached to the last page inevery transmission or not.

0

8 Reserved 0

25 123

Record list auto print Used to set the interval of automatic printing of the recordlist.

000

4 Reserved 0

5 Reduction ratio in reception Used to set the magnification ratio of printing receiveddocuments. When AUTO is selected, the ratio isautomatically determined according to the received documentsize and the output paper.

0

6 Reserved 0

78

Communication end buzzer time Used to set the time of buzzer sound to notify the end ofcommunication.

00

26 123

Buzzer sound volume Used to set the sound volumes of all buzzers except for callring.

010

4 Key click sound Used to set whether the click sound is made or not whenpressing a key on the FAX panel.

1

567

Incoming Ring Volume Used to set the sound volume of call ring. 010

8 Reserved 0

27 123

Distinctive Ring Used to set the RING signal pattern to start FAX receptionwith Distinctive Ring.

110

4 Reserved 0

5 Footer Used to set ON/OFF of the footer attached under each pagedata when printing received documents.

0

1 : ON 0 : OFF

Bit No. OFF 1 day 2 days 4 days 1 week1 0 0 0 0 12 0 0 1 1 03 0 1 0 1 0

1 : 100% 0 : AUTO

Bit No. 3 Seconds 1 Second No Beep7 0 0 18 0 1 0

BitNo.

MAX HIGH MED LOW MIN OFF

1 0 0 0 0 1 12 0 0 1 1 0 03 0 1 0 1 0 1

1 : ON 0 : OFF

BitNo.

MAX HIGH MED LOW MIN OFF

5 0 0 0 0 1 16 0 0 1 1 0 07 0 1 0 1 0 1

BitNo.

1 2 3 4 5 Standard OFF

1 0 0 0 0 1 1 12 0 0 1 1 0 0 13 0 1 0 1 0 1 0

1 : ON 0 : OFF

AR-F152

9 – 27

SWNo.

BitNo.


27 6 Reserved 0

7 Telephone line kind Used to select the kind of telephone line (tone or pulse). Tone

8 Reserved

28 1234

A.M. modeSilent detection time

Used to set the silent detection time in the answering andrecording mode.The set range is OFF and 1 to 10sec.

Time = 8 × Bit1 + 4 × Bit2 + 2 × Bit3 + 1 × Bit4 secEffective : 0(= OFF), 1 –10

0101

5 A.M. mode auto reception select Used to set whether FAX reception is started or not after 6call rings if the answering function does not work for somereasons in the answering and recording mode.

0

6 Annoying FAX prevention function Used to set ON/OFF of the annoying FAX preventionfunction.

0

7 Polling function Used to set whether one-touch key “20” is used as thepolling key or not.

0

8 Reserved 0

29 12

Record paper size (Main Tray) Used to set the record paper size in the main tray. 00

3 Reserved 0

45

Record paper size (2nd Tray) Used to set the record paper size in the 2nd tray. 00

6 Reserved 0

7 Reserved 0

8 Index print Used to set whether marking is made to the lead edge ofpaper or not to identify the job when printing the receiveddata.

1

30 1 Reserved 0

2 Reserved 0

3 Reserved 0

4 Reserved 0

5 Reserved 0

6 Reserved 0

7 Reserved 0

8 Reserved 0

1 : TONE 0 : PULSE

1 : ON 0 : OFF

1 : ON 0 : OFF

1 : ON 0 : OFF

Bit No. Letter Legal A4 Other1 0 0 1 12 0 1 0 1

Bit No. Letter Legal A4 Other4 0 0 1 15 0 1 0 1

1 : ON 0 : OFF

AR-F152

9 – 28

5. TROUBLE CODESA. Trouble codes list

Main code

Subcode

Trouble content Detail of trouble

E7 01Duplex model memory setup error,memory not-detected error

The memory is not set properly or the memory capacity is not set to the duplex setup(6M).Cancel method: Set SIM 26-39 code number to 2.

E7 03HSYNC not detected. LSU (laser diode, reception element, APC circuit) trouble

LSU drive circuit (ASIC) trouble

E7 04CCD white level trouble CCD drive circuit (CCD PWB, ASIC harness) trouble

Copy lamp lighting trouble (Copy lamp, invertor PWB)

E7 05 CCD black level trouble CCD drive circuit (CCD PWB, ASIC, harness) trouble

E7 12 Shading trouble (White correction) Dirt on white plate for scanning white level

E7 14ASIC connection trouble Improper connection between CPU and ASIC (pattern cut, improper connection of lead

pin)

E7 15 Copy lamp disconnection trouble Copy lamp or copy lamp drive circuit (invertor PWB) trouble Copy lamp disconnection

E7 16Abnormal output of laser LSU (laser diode, reception element, APC circuit) trouble

LSU drive circuit (ASIC) trouble

L1 00

Feeding is not completed withinthe specified time after startingfeeding.

When the mirror base is returned for the specified time (6 sec) in mirror initializingafter turning on the power, the mirror home position sensor (MHPS) does not turnOFF. Or when the mirror base is fed for the specified time (about 6 sec) after start ofcopy return, the mirror home position sensor (MHPS) does not turn OFF.

L3 00

Return is not completed within thespecified time.

When the mirror base is returned for the specified time (6 sec) in mirror initializingafter turning on the power, the mirror home position sensor (MHPS) does not turnON.Or when the mirror base is returned for the specified time (about 6 sec) after startof copy return, the mirror home position sensor (MHPS) does not turn ON.

L4 01 Main motor lock When the main motor encoder pulse is not detected for 100msec.

L6 10Polygon motor lock The lock signal (specified rpm signal) does not return within a certain time (about

20sec) from starting the polygon motor rotation

H2 00 Thermistor open detection The fusing thermistor is open.

H3 00Heat roller abnormally hightemperature

The fusing temperature rises above 240˚C.

H4 00Heat roller abnormally lowtemperature

The fusing temperature does not reach 185˚C within 27 sec of turning on the power,or the fusing temperature keeps at 140˚C.

U2 01 Counter sum check error When the counter check sum value stored in the EEPROM is abnormal.

U2 04EEPROM serial communicationerror

When a communication trouble occurs with the EEPROM.

U2 40 CRUM IC Serial communication error when a communication trouble occurs with the CRUM IC.

F2 04 Toner cartridge type error When a toner cartridge of different type is used.

F6 80Communication trouble with FAXPWB (Protocol)

Error in data reception from the FAX board to the MCU.Occurs when the message header of the message format is other than F.Cancel method: Turn OFF/ON the power.

F6 81

Communication trouble with FAXPWB (Parity)

Error in data reception from the FAX board to the MCU.Occurs when the odd number parity set with SMR (serial mode register) differs fromthe reception data.Cancel method: Turn OFF/ON the power.

F6 82

Communication trouble with FAXPWB (Overrun)

Error in data reception from the FAX board to the MCUOccurs when the next data reception is completed with RDRF (Receive Data RegisterFull) flag of SS (Reserial status register) set to 1.Cancel method: Turn OFF/ON the power.

F6 84Communication trouble with FAXPWB (Framing)

Error in data reception from the FAX board to the MCU.Occurs when the stop bit is 0. (The stop bit must be 1.)Cancel method: Turn OFF/ON the power.

F6 88Communication trouble with FAXPWB (Time-out)

Occurs when time is out without response in data communication between the FAXboard and the MCU.Cancel method: Turn OFF/ON the power.

F6 10FAX PWB trouble Communication trouble between the MCU and the FAX board or between the FAX

board and the FAX panelCancel method: Turn OFF/ON the power. Check connections.

AR-F152

9 – 29

B. FAX Service Error Code Table(1) LCD: FAX SERVICE ERROR(#)

Code # Content Remedy

1ROM error Turn OFF/ON the power.

If the error is not canceled, checkthe ROM of the FAX PWB.

2RAM error Turn OFF/ON the power.

If the error is not canceled, checkthe DRAM of the FAX PWB.

3

CTS error(Communication error)

Turn OFF/ON the power.If the error is not canceled, checkconnection between the FAX PWBand the MCU PWB. If noabnormality is found, check theFAX PWB and MCU PWBthemselves., especially TXD, RXD,CTS, and RTS signals.

4

Panel error Turn OFF/ON the power.If the error is not canceled, checkthe connector and the harnessbetween the FAX PWB and theMCU PWB. If no abnormality isfound, check the FAX PWB andMCU PWB themselves.

5

Scan data error Turn OFF/ON the power andexecute FAX scanning to checkthe operation. If the error is notcanceled. Check connectionbetween the FAX PWB and theMCU PWB. If no abnormality isfound, check the FAX PWB andMCU PWB themselves.

Note: If some reception data is left in memory,, transfer the datawith FUNCTION-0 and turn OFF the power.

C. Communication error code table(1) Sending error

Code Content

0The handshake signal is detected, but the signalincludes an error.

1The handshake signal from the receiver is notrecognized.(Error after reception of NSF/DIS)

2 The line is disconnected during data transmission.

3The line is disconnected after fallback of training.(Error after reception of CFR)

4The line is disconnected during transmission of two ormore pages.(Error after reception of MCF)

5 Not defined.

6 Error after reception of RTN/RTP

7 An unexpected DCN is received.

8Resend is repeated by the specified times, but theerror is not canceled.

9 Not defined.

10 Not defined.

11 Not defined.

12Error after fallback during transmission(Error after reception of CTR)

13 ERR is received, & errors other than the above.

(2) Reception error

Code Content

0The handshake signal is detected, but the signalincludes an error.

1The handshake signal from the receiver is notrecognized.(Error after reception of NSF/DIS)

2The handshake signal from the receiver is notrecognized.(Error after reception of NSC/DTC)

3The handshake signal from the receiver is notrecognized.(Error after reception of EOP)

4The handshake signal from the receiver is notrecognized.(Error after reception of EOM)

5The handshake signal from the receiver is notrecognized.(Error after reception of MPS)

6 Not defined.

7 An unexpected DCN is received.

8Error after reception of all pages(Error after reception of PPS-EOP)

9Error after changing the communication mode(Error after reception of PPS-EOM)

10Error after reception of a page(Error after reception of PPS-MPS/NULL)

11 Not defined.

12Communication error after fallback during transmission(Error after reception of CTC)

13Error after reception of EOR & errors other than theabove

AR-F152

9 – 30

[10] USER PROGRAMThe conditions of factory setting can be changed according to the use conditions.

Functions which can be set with the user program

Function Contents Factory setting

Auto clear time When a certain time is passed after completion of copying, this function returns to the initial state

automatically. The time to reach the initial state can be set in the range of 30 sec to 120 sec bythe unit of 30 sec. This function can be disabled.

60 sec

Preheat

When the copier is left unused with the power ON, the power consumption is automatically reducedto about 40Wh/H (∗ Note).The time to start this function can be set in the range of 30 sec to 90 sec by the unit of 30 sec.This function cannot be disabled. 90 sec

When this function is operated, the pre-heat lamp on the operation panel lights up.To return to the initial state, press any key on the operation panel. (When the COPY button ispressed, a copy is made after returning to the initial state.)

Auto shut off timer

When the copier is left unused with the power ON, the power consumption is automatically reducedto about 18Wh/H (∗ Note). The time to start this function can be set in the range of 2 min to 120min.

5 min When this function is operated, all the lamps except for the pre-heat lamp on the operation panel

turn off.To return to the initial state, press the COPY button.

Stream feeding Only models with SPF. Cancel

Auto shut off Used to set or cancel this function. Set

∗Note: The power consumption values in preheat and auto shut off may be varied depending on the use conditions.

Setting the power save modes, auto clear time,and stream feeding mode1) Press and hold down the light ( ) and dark ( ) keys simul-

taneously for more than 5 seconds until all the alarm indicators( , , and ) blink and "- -" appears in the display.

2) Use the left copy quantity ( ) key to select a user program num-ber (1: auto clear time, 2: preheat mode, 3: auto power shut-offtimer, 4: stream feeding mode, 5: auto power shut-off mode). Theselected number will blink in the left side of the display.

Function name Function code

Auto clear time 1

Preheat 2

Auto shut off timer 3

Stream feeding 4

Auto shut off 5

[Cancel] If a wrong code is entered, press the clear key and enter thecorrect function code.

∗ SPF only

∗ The remaining toner quantity is displayed by pressing the % key for 5 sec before entering a program code in the user simulation mode.3) Press the print ( ) key. The entered program number will be steadily lit and the currently selected parameter number for the program will blink

on the right side of the display.4) Select the desired parameter using the right copy quantity ( ) key. The entered parameter number will blink on the right of the display.

Functionname

Set codeFunctionname




Set code

Auto cleartime

0 (Cancel)

Preheat

0 (30 sec)

Auto shutoff timer

0 (2 min)

Streamfeeding

∗0 (Cancel)

Auto shutoff

0 (Cancel)

1 (30 sec) 1 (60 sec) ∗1 (5 min) 1 (Setting) ∗1 (Setting)

∗2 (60 sec) ∗2 (90 sec) 2 (15 min)

3 (90 sec) 3 (30 min)

4 (120 sec) 4 (60 min)

5 (10 sec) 5 (120 min)

∗ : Factory setting5) Press the print ( ) key. The right-hand number in the display will be steadily lit and the entered value will be stored.

Note: To change the setting or to set another mode, press the clear ( ) key. The copier will return to step 2).6) Press the light ( ) or dark ( ) key to return to the normal copy mode.

AR-F152

10 – 1

[11] MAINTENANCE1. Maintenance table

: Check (Clean, adjust, or replace when required.) : Clean : Replace : Adjust : Lubricate

Section Parts 25K 50K 75K 100K 125 Remark

Developing

Developer

DV blade

DV side seal (F/R)

Process peripheral Drum

2. Maintenance display system

Toner

Life 6.5K

Remainingquantity check ∗1

a. Press and hold the density adjustment LIGHT key for more than 5 sec, and the machine will enter theuser program mode.

b. Press and hold the "%" key for more than 5 sec, and the remaining quantity will be displayed on thecopy quantity display in one of the following levels: (Remaining quantity display levels: 100%, 75%,50%, 25%, 10%, LO)

c. Press the density adjustment LIGHT key to cancel.

Remainingquantity

NEAR EMPTYAbout 10%

EMPTY

LED ON Flash

Machine Operation allowed Stop

Developer

Life 25K

LED ON at 25K of the developer count.

Machine

Selection is available between Not Stop and Stop by Service Simulation (SIM 26-37) Setup.(If Stop is selected, the LED will flash and stop at 25K.)∗ Default: Not Stop∗ Clear: SIM 24-06

MaintenanceLED

Selection is available among 18K, 13K, 9K, 6K, 3K, and free (no lighting) with SIM 21-1.∗ Default: free∗ Clear: SIM 20-1

Machine Not stop.

∗1: Installation of a new toner cartridge allows to display the remaining quantity.

AR-F152

11 – 1

[12] ELECTRICAL SECTION1. Block diagramA. Overall block diagram

SR

AM

JIT

TE

RS

YN

C I

C

AS

IC

CP

U

EP

RO

MS

RA

ME

EP

RO

MRE

SE

T I

C

5V

CN

5

CN

15

CN

9

CN

3C

N2

0

CN

23

CN

30

CN

26

To

ne

r M

oto

r

INT

ER

LO

CK

SW

ITC

H

HL

CN

3

Po

we

rU

NIT

Hig

h V

olta

ge

Co

ntr

ol U

nit

24

V12

V 5V

3.3

V GN

D

FM

MC

BIA

SH

LO

UT

GR

IDLT

C

PR

AC

PW

B

AC

IN

PU

T

CC

D

LS

U

MIR

RO

RM

OT

OR

VF

M

CP

FS

1R

RS

MP

FS

OP

E P

AN

EL

CO

PY

LA

MP

Du

ple

xM

oto

r(A

R-15

6 On

ly) CN

90

2 CR

UR

ese

tS

witc

h

Oth

er

Lo

ad

s

AN

D

AN

D

Re

fere

nce

AN

D

AN

DA

ND

UA

RT

LA

SE

R

GD

I M

EM

OR

Y

Op

tion Op

tion

(AR

-F1

52

On

ly)

MC

U P

WB

CN

16

SPF(

AR-F

152)

,R-

SPF(

AR-1

56)

UNIT

FA

X P

WB

CR

SM

UN

IT

F-P

UM

A M

CU

PW

B O

vera

ll b

lock

dia

gra

m

MH

PS

RT

HT

CS

PO

DP

PD

1P

PD

2

MM

LD

MH

PS

CE

D1

DV

SE

LS

DO

D

PS

W2

PS

W1

CE

D2

GD

I/U

SB

UN

ITF

AX

OP

E P

WB

SP

EA

KE

R

Prin

ted

Vis

ua

l Da

ta

MA

INM

OT

OR

Oth

er

Inp

uts

AR-F152

12 – 1

B. MCU PWB unit

FA

X O

PE

PW

B

CN

5

FA

X P

WB

/SC

AN

ST

/PR

ST

AR

T/P

OF

F/F

RT

Set

c..

AR

-F15

2 M

CU

PW

B U

NIT

CN

23

PM

CLK

-A/P

MD

/VID

EO

S/H

/LD

EN

PM

RD

Y

GD

I-IN

/128

4-E

N

US

B-E

N

US

B-O

N

/FA

XP

RQ

/FA

XA

CK

/FA

XC

S/F

AX

RE

Qet

c..

LAS

ER

UN

IT(L

SU

)P

OLY

GO

NM

OT

OR

HS

YN

CG

DI/U

SB

UN

IT

CN

15C

N16

US

B-I

N

SP

PD

SP

IDS

B4D

GD

IM

EM

OR

Y/S

PU

S

/SG

S/S

RR

C /SP

FS

SP

F U

NIT

CC

DH

IC

CD

LO

CC

D P

WB

CN

30C

N31

SD

OD

etc.

.et

c..

CN

26C

RS

M U

NIT

PA

PE

RC

AS

SE

TT

E1

PA

PE

RC

AS

SE

TT

E2

TR

AY

EM

PT

YD

ET

EC

TO

R

PA

PE

R W

IDT

HD

ET

EC

TIO

N

PA

PE

R W

IDT

HD

ET

EC

TIO

N

PA

PE

R F

EE

DS

OLE

NO

ID

TR

AY

EM

PT

YD

ET

EC

TO

R

PA

PE

R F

EE

DS

OLE

NO

ID

CN

1

CN

6

CN

10

CN

7/C

ED

1

/CP

FS

1

/CE

D2

/CP

FS

2

PS

W1

PS

W2

IC3

IC10

3IC10

5

IC10

2IC10

4

IC3

IC11

1IC

106

IC8

IC10

5IC

8

IC9

CP

U(H

8S/2

350)

IC10

6

IC2

IC11

3

IC10

4

IC11

3

IC13

IC12

IC10

AS

IC(H

G73

CO

25FD

)

IC11

0

CN

3

CN

17

IC10

3IC

105

IC16

IC10

9

CN

17

IC10

5

/BIA

S

DV

SE

LD

V S

EN

SO

R

DE

VE

LOP

ING

BIA

S

FW

/PR

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

EC

ON

TRO

L U

NIT

HLO

UT

ELE

CT

RIC

SO

UR

CE

PO

WE

RR

ELA

Y

HE

AT

ER

LAM

P

TH

ER

MIS

TO

R

GR

ID C

ON

TR

OL

TRA

NS

FER

CH

AR

GE

R

MA

IN C

HA

RG

ER

IC3

IC8 F

TH

MA

NU

AL

PA

PE

RF

EE

D

PA

PE

RD

ET

EC

TO

R

PA

PE

R E

XIT

DE

TE

CT

OR

PA

PE

R F

EE

DS

OLE

NO

ID

RE

SIS

T R

OLL

ER

SO

LEN

OID

MF

D

/RR

SP

OD

/MP

FS

IC10

5

IC3

IC10

5

IC3

CN

22

CN

11

CN

12

IC10

3IC

108

IC11

3

CN

18C

N27 MH

PS

PS

WK

IN1

KIN

2

OP

-CLK

OP

-LA

TC

HO

P-D

AT

A

KE

YD

RS

T

MM

LD/M

M

IC8

IC10

6

CN

20

VF

MO

UT

/VF

MC

NT

IC2

IC3

IC10

5IC

12

CN

17

IC1

CN

9

TC

S

CN

28

TM

a-O

TM

b-O

CN

25C

N21

IC10

9IC

101

IC10

5

IC10

3

IC10

3

CN

13

CN

4

PP

D1

/CL

CN

14P

PD

2

RT

H-I

N

5V(D

SW

S)

24V

(DS

WS

)

OP

E P

WB

NE

W P

RO

CE

SS

UN

IT S

EN

SO

R

MA

INM

OTO

RLO

CK

DE

TEC

TOR

MA

INM

OTO

R

MIR

RO

RH

OM

EP

OS

ITIO

NS

EN

SO

R

MIR

RO

RM

OT

OR

TO

NE

RM

OT

OR

VE

NC

H R

ATI

ON

FAN

MO

TOR

TO

NE

RC

ON

TR

OL

SE

NS

OR

CO

PY

LAM

P

INT

ER

LOC

K

INT

ER

LOC

K

PA

PE

R D

ET

EC

TO

R2

(In

FU

SE

R U

NIT

)

PA

PE

R D

ET

EC

TO

R1

(Nea

r R

ES

IST

RO

LLE

R)

AR-F152

12 – 2

C. FAX PWB unit (AR-F152 only)

BT

50

1L

ithiu

mB

att

ery

IC5

05

LC

82

13

IC5

12

Ima

ge

ME

MO

RY

25

6kb

it S

RA

M

IC5

10

SC

AN

ME

MO

RY

16

Mb

it D

RA

M

C5

15

SU

PE

RC

ap

aci

tor

IC5

07

CP

UN

S F

X1

64

IC5

15

Prin

tM

em

ory

16

Mb

it D

RA

M

LC

D P

WB

Ima

ge

BU

S

SP

EA

KE

R

Prin

t D

ate

CN

50

1

MC

UP

WB

12

V

3.3

V5

V

IC5

13

-12

V-5

V

SO

DS

IDS

CK

PA

NE

L R

ES

ET

FT

XD

FR

TS

PO

FF

RE

AD

YP

RS

TA

RT

etc

..

Sca

n D

ate

RE

AD

YF

AX

PR

OF

AX

CS

FA

XA

CK

FC

TS

etc

..1

2V

3.3

V

5V

C N 6 0 1

BZ

1

BU

ZO

N

VS

YN

C

PW

OF

F

RE

SE

T

IC5

08

PL

LC

GS

41

0

RE

SE

T

LC

AS

,UC

AS

SC

DA

CK

IC5

03

Sys

tem

con

tro

ller

NS

FX

20

0

IC5

04

Ma

inM

EM

OR

Y1

6M

bit

DR

AM

IC5

02

EP

RO

M8

Mb

it

IC5

01

Co

nfig

ura

tion

RA

M6

4kb

it S

RA

M

IC6

02

Clo

ck I

CN

JM6

35

5

C N

IC5

06

I/F

AS

IC

FA

X P

WB

UN

IT

CP

U B

US

IC5

09

FA

XA

SIC

LD BUS

C N 5 0 3 5 0 1

IC601

IC5

14

Mod

em c

ircui

tse

cond

ary

side

of t

he li

ne

Sig

ma-

delta

circ

uit

IC60

6/IC

605

Del

ta-s

igm

a ci

rcui

tIC

606/

IC51

6/IC

607

Spe

aker

circ

uit

IC60

5/IC

609/

IC60

8

LIU

circ

uit p

rimar

ysi

de o

f the

line

Line

tran

s-fo

rmer

Pho

to c

oupl

er

DC

load

Cap

a-ci

tor R

ing

dete

ctio

n

Byp

ass

circ

uit

Rel

ay

Rel

ay

On-

hook

dete

ctio

nP

rote

ctio

nel

emen

tTe

leph

one

line

Ext

erna

lte

leph

one

com

mun

i-ca

tion

Line

jack

CN

502

(for

US

)

AR-F152

12 – 3

2. Circuit descriptionsA. Man PWB (MCU)

(1) CPU signal table

PINNo.

Signalcode

Input/output Operating

1 /CS1 Output Chip Select for SRAM

2 /CS0 Output Chip Select for EPROM

3 D-GND

4 D-GND

5 5V

6 A0 Output Address Bus (NC-pull up)

7 A1 Output Address Bus



10 D-GND









19 D-GND









28 D-GND


30 NC-pull up

31 (SPPD)Interruptionlevel input

SPF Paper Pass Detector

32 USB-IN Input USB Connector-In Detect

33 (MHPS)Interruptionlevel input

Mirror Home Position Sensor

34/CPUSYNC

Interruptionlevel input

Horizontal Synchronous (fromG/A)

35 D-GND

36 D-GND

37 ZCInterruptionlevel input

Zero-cross signal

38 /ASICINTInterruptionlevel input

Intterupt from G/A

PINNo.

Signalcode


39 5V

40 D0Data

input/outputData Bus

41 D1Data


42 D2Data


43 D3Data


44 D-GND

45 D4Data


46 D5Data


47 D6Data


48 D7Data


49 D8Data


50 D9Data


51 D10Data


52 D11Data


53 D-GND

54 D12Data


55 D13Data


56 D14Data


57 D15Data


58 5V

59(OP-DATA)

OutputData Signal for OperationPanel

60 FTXD Output TXD for Additional Board

61 FRTS Output RTS for Additional Board

62 FRXD Input RXD for Additional Board

63 (OP-CLK) Output Clock for Operation Panel

64 TMON OutputPower Supply Signal for TonerMotor Driver IC

65 D-GND

66 FCTS Input CTS for Additional Board

67 D-GND

68 D-GND

AR-F152

12 – 4

PINNo.

Signalcode


69 PSW Input Print switch input

70 KIN1 Input Key input 1

71 KIN2 Input Key input 2

72 TMCLK Timer output Clock for Toner Motor

73 /TMEN Output On-Off Control for Toner Motor

74 /POFF OutputPower Off Signal forAdditional Board

75 PMCLK Timer output Clock for Polygon Motor

76/PRSTART

Output Printing Start Signal

77 /SCANSP Output Scaning Stop Signal

78 /SCANST Output Scaning Start Signal

79 HLOutput(Timeroutput)

On-Off Control for HeatrerLamp

80WDTOVF-

Output Watchdog Timer

81 RES- Input Reset

82 Input pull up

83 Input pull up

84 5V

85 XTAL Clock

86 EXTAL Clock

87 D-GND

88 CPUCLK Output System Clock for G/A

89 5V

90 /AS Output pull up

91 /RD Output Read Signal

92 /HWR Output Write Signal (High Address)

93 /LWR Output Write Signal (Low Address)

94 SELIN3 Output Input select 3



97 PR Output Power relay control PR

98 RRS Output Resist roller solenoid RPC

99 D-GND

100 D-GND

101 SCLK Output Clock Line for EEPROM

102 SDA Output Data Line for EEPROM

103 A5V

104 Analog Reference Voltage-A5V

105 RTH Analog input Fusing Thermister

106

107 SIN1 Input Sensor input 1



PINNo.

Signalcode



111 DAHAnalogoutput

Reference Voltage (High) forCCD

112 DALAnalogoutput

Reference Voltage (Low) forCCD

113 AN-GND

114 D-GND

115 DMT-3 Motor output Duplex Motor Excitement




119 MRMT3 Motor output Mirror Motor Excitement




123 InputCPU MODE SET <MODE 4> -GND

124 InputCPU MODE SET <MODE 4> -GND

125 InputCPU MODE SET <MODE 4> -Vcc

126 NC-pull up

127 DRST Input Drum reset detection

128 /CS2 Output Chip Select for ASIC

∗ The signals which are hatched are added or revised to or from theAL-1000.

AR-F152

12 – 5

(2) ASIC (Signal table)

PIN No. Signal name IN/OUT Connected to Description

1 /SCANSP IN CPU (I/O) Scanner process interrupt signal

2 /PRSTART IN CPU Print start trigger signal

3 /TMEN IN CPU Toner motor ON/OFF

4 TMCLK IN CPU Toner motor reference clock

5 3.3V Power

6 CPUAD7 IN CPU CPU address bus


8 GND Power






14 /CPUSYNC OUT CPU Horizontal synchronization signal

15 /ASICINT OUT CPU Interruption request signal

16 /CS2 IN CPU CPU chip select signal

17 /RESET IN RESET IC Reset signal

18 5V Power

19 GND Power

20 3.3V Power

21 GND Power

22 MDATA15 IN/OUT DRAM Data bus of DRAM (page memory)









31 3.3V Power



34 GND Power






40 /RAS0 OUT DRAM RAS signal 0 of DRAM (page memory)



43 /RAS64 OUTDRAM control (forpanther)

(Reserved)

44 3.3V Power

45 /RAS16 OUTDRAM control (forpanther)

(Reserved)

46 MAD0 OUT DRAM Address bus of DRAM (page memory)

AR-F152

12 – 6


47 GND Power










57 3.3V Power



60 GND Power

61 /CAS0 OUT DRAM CAS signal of DRAM (page memory)

62 /CAS1 OUT DRAM CAS signal of DRAM (page memory)

63 /OE OUT DRAM Read enable signal of DRAM (page memory)

64 /WE OUT DRAM Write enable signal of DRAM (page memory)

65 OUTD0 OUT FAX board data bus Transmission data 0 to expanded board




69 3.3V Power



72 GND Power











83 /HSYNC OUT PCL, FAX board Horizontal sync signal with print area output only

84 /PCLPRD IN PCL board Print video data (serial) from PCL board

85 /PCLREQ OUT PCL board DREQ signal to PCL board

86 /PCLACK IN PCL board ACK signal from PCL board

87 /PCLCS IN PCL board

88 3.3V Power

89 GND Power

90 5V Power

91 GND Power

92 /FAXPRD IN FAX board Print video data (serial) from FAX board

93 /FAXREQ OUT FAX board DREQ signal to FAX board

94 /FAXACK IN FAX board ACK signal from FAX board

95 3.3V Power

AR-F152

12 – 7


96 /FAXCS IN FAX board OUTD bus enable signal H bus impedance HIGH state

97 /ESPRD INElectric sort board ∗

(Reserved) (Reserved)

98 GND Power

99 /ESREQ OUTElectric sort board ∗


100 /ESACK INElectric sort board ∗


101 /ESCS INElectric sort board ∗


102 PARAD0 IN/OUT 1284 board connector DATA bus (IEEE1284 communication port)






108 5V Power



111 GND Power

112 /REV OUT 1284 board connector ECP mode I/O select (LOW:P → H)

113 INIT IN 1284 board connector INIT signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

114 /SLCTIN IN 1284 board connector /SLCTIN signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

115 /AUTOFD IN 1284 board connector /AUTOFD signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

116 /STB IN 1284 board connector /STB signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

117 /ACK OUT 1284 board connector /ACK signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

118 BUSY OUT 1284 board connector BUSY signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

119 PE OUT 1284 board connector PE signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

120 /FAULT OUT 1284 board connector /FAULT signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

121 5V Power

122 SLCT OUT 1284 board connector /SLCTIN signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

123 /TESTPIN0 IN TEST PIN High: Normal Low: Test

124 GND Power

125 PFCLK IN Transmitter Write clock

126 /TESTPIN1 IN TEST PIN High: Normal Low: Test

127 /SYNCEN OUTJITTERADJUSTMENT IC

Jitter adjustment IC trigger signal

128 SD10 IN/OUT SRAM (separation) Data line to SRAM before are separation





133 5V Power



136 GND Power


138 SOE1 OUT SRAM (separation) Read enable line to SRAM before area separation

139 SWE1 OUT SRAM (separation) Write enable line to SRAM before area separation

140 SCS1 OUT SRAM (separation) Chip select line to SRAM before area separation

AR-F152

12 – 8


141 SOE0 OUT SRAM (separation) Read enable line to SRAM before area separation

142 SWE0 OUT SRAM (separation) Write enable line to SRAM before area separation

143 SCS0 OUT SRAM (separation) Chip select line to SRAM before area separation



146 5V Power



149 GND Power





154 SAD0 OUT SRAM (separation) Address line to SRAM before area separation








162 GND Power







169 /f1 OUT CCD PWB CCD drive signal transfer clock (First phase)

170 /f2 OUT CCD PWB CCD drive signal transfer clock (Second phase)

171 /SH OUT CCD PWB CCD drive signal shift pulse

172 5V Power

173 RS OUT CCD PWB CCD drive signal reset pulse

174 SP OUT CCD PWB CCD drive signal sampling hold pulse

175 GND Power

176 CP OUT CCD PWB A/D conversion IC latch clock

177 BCLK OUT CCD PWB CCD shield output latch signal

178 IDIN0 INCCD PWB (ADconversion)

Image scan data (after 8bit A/D conversion)













AR-F152

12 – 9


185 5V Power



187 /SDCLK OUT CHECK Effective image area signal

188 GND Power

189 SFCLK IN Transmitter CCD drive clock (48MHz), Also used as an internal clock.

190 TEST port 0 IN AUTO SCAN TEST High: Normal Low: Test

191 /SYNC IN LSU Horizontal synchronization signal (HSYNC) from LSU

192 /LD OUT LSU Laser drive signal

193 /LEND OUT LSU Laser APC signal

194 USB-EN OUT GDI/USB PWB USB port enable signal

195 1284-EN OUT GDI/USB PWB 1284 port enable signal

196 PORTOUT26 OUT (Not used)

197 3.3V Power



200 GND Power

201 SGS OUT Tr array IC SPF gate solenoid

202 SRRC OUT Tr array IC SPF resist roller solenoid

203 SPUS OUT Tr array IC SPF PU solenoid

204 /READY OUT FAX PWB READY signal (Expansion PWB)

205 OP-LATCH OUT Tr array IC Latch signal for operation circuit. Data latch at LOW.

206 MRPS2 OUT Tr array IC Mirror speed control signal. Mirror speed 2 at LOW.

207 MRPS1 OUT Tr array IC Mirror speed control signal. Mirror speed 1 at LOW.

208 SPFS OUT Tr array IC SPF paper feed solenoid

209 SMSEL OUT Tr array IC SPF motor/Mirror motor select signal

210 3.3V Power

211 TC OUT Tr array IC Transfer charger control signal. ON at HIGH.

212 GRIDL OUT Tr array IC Main charger grid control signal. ON at HIGH.

213 GND Power

214 MC OUT Tr array IC Main charger control signal. ON at HIGH.

215 BIASL OUT Tr array IC DV bias voltage control signal. ON at HIGH.

216 BIASH OUT Tr array IC DV bias voltage control signal. ON at HIGH.

217 BIAS OUT Tr array IC DV bias output control signal. ON at HIGH.

218 CL OUT Tr array IC Copy lamp control signal. ON at HIGH.

219 VFMCNT OUT Tr array ICVentilation fan rotating speed control signal. Low speed at HIGH, highspeed at LOW.

220 VFM OUT Tr array IC Ventilation fan control signal. Fan ON at HIGH.

221 LDEN OUT Tr array IC Laser circuit control signal. Laser circuit ON at HIGH.

222 PMD OUT Tr array IC Polygon motor control signal. Polygon motor ON at HIGH.

223 5V Power

224 MM OUT Tr array IC Main motor control signal. Main motor ON at HIGH.

225 MPFS OUT Tr array ICManual paper feed solenoid control signal. Multi paper feed ON atHIGH.

226 GND Power

227 CPFS2 OUT Tr array ICSecond cassette paper feed solenoid control signal. Second cassettepaper feed at HIGH.

228 CPFS1 OUT Tr array ICCassette paper feed solenoid control signal. One-stage cassette paperfeed at HIGH.

229 TM OUT Tr array IC Toner motor drive output (+)

AR-F152

12 – 10


230 TM_ OUT Tr array IC Toner motor drive output (–)

231 CPUD15 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus





236 5V Power



239 GND Power










249 3.3V Power

250 /CPUWR IN CPU CPU write signal

251 /CPURD IN CPU CPU read signal

252 GND Power

253 CPUCLK IN CPU CPU system clock

254 GND Power

255 TEST PORT1 IN AUTO SCAN TEST High: Normal Low: Test

256 /SCANST IN CPU (I/O) Scanner process start signal

∗ The signals which are hatched are added or revised to or from AL-1000.

(3) Expanded PWB interface sectionThe MCU PWB and the expanded PWB are connected by CN5 connector to make serial communication (UART).The FAX PWB uses signals in Table A, and the PCL PWB uses signals in Table B.Recognition of FAX PWB or PCL PWB:If /FREADY is LOW, the FAX PWB expansion is recognized.If /PREADY is LOW, the PCL PWB expansion is recognized.

OUTD6

OUTD1

OUTD13

/PCLPRD

/F-RESET

/FAXCS

OUTD8

OUTD11

/PCLACK

/PAGE

OUTD10

OUTD5

/PCLREQ

OUTD0

/FAXPRD

/PREADY

OUTD3

/FREADY

OUTD12

OUTD15

OUTD2

/FAXACK

OUTD14

OUTD9

/HSYNC

/FAXREQ

/PCLCS

OUTD4

OUTD7

FTXD

/FCTS

FRXD

/SCANST

/READY

/POFF

/PRSTART

/FRTS

12V

3.3V

5V

0.1u

C137

0.1u

C135

0.1u

C134

TX25-60P-23ST-H1

CN5

SBO-02SANL1

18p

C141

0.1u

C118

47u 25V

C3

0.1u

C119

47u 16V

C5

0.1u

C117

SBO-02SANL2

SBO-02SANL3

47u 16V

C2

18p

C143

10JR132

18p

C140

10JR13010JR128

10JR131

18p

C142

60

59

58

57

56

55

54

53

52

51

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

43

42

41

40

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

32

31

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

16

15

17

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

/FRTS

OUTD1

OUTD11

/FREADY

OUTD12

OUTD0

/FAXPRD

/PREADY

OUTD7

OUTD8

OUTD10

FRXD

/PCLCS

/FAXREQ

/FAXACK

F-RESET

/PCLREQ

/HSYNC

/PRLINE

/PCLACK

OUTD6

OUTD13

/FAXCS

/FCTS

FTXD

OUTD15

/POFF

OUTD4

/PCLPRD

OUTD3

OUTD9

/FPAGE

OUTD2

OUTD14

OUTD5

/SCLINE

/READY

(1-D2)

(5-E1)

(5-E1)

(5-E1)

(7-E2)(1-D4)

(1-E1)

(1-C1)

(5-A3)

(7-E2) (7-D1)

(7-E1)

(7-E1)

(7-E1) (7-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E1)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

(5-E2)

PCL/FAX CN

AR-F152

12 – 11

Table A (Signals used in the FAX PWB)

PIN No.(CN5)

Signalname

IN/OUT Descriptions

3 /SCLINE OUT Effective input image area

6 FTXD OUT Serial communication data

7 /FRTS OUTSerial reception ready(Machine side)

12 /F-RESET OUT Reset signal

13 /HSYNC OUT Horizontal sync signal

14 ∼ 21,44 ∼ 51

OUTD1 ∼OUTD15

OUT Data to the expanded PWB

24 /FAXREQ OUT Data transfer REQ signal

25 /FAXCS IN OUTD bus enable signal

33 /PRLINE OUT Effective print area

34 /FPAGE IN Page data READY

35 /FREADY IN FAX PWB recognition signal

36 /READY OUTREADY signal on themachine side

37 FRXD IN Serial communication data

38 /FCTS INSerial reception READY(FAX side)

43 /POFF OUT Power OFF signal

54 /FAXPRD IN Video data from FAX PWB

55 /FAXACK IN Data transfer ACK signal

Table B (Signals used in PCL PWB)

PIN No.(CN5)

Signalname

IN/OUT Descriptions

5 /PREADY IN PCL PWB recognition signal

6 FTXD OUT Serial communication data

7 /FRTS OUTSerial reception READY(Machine side)

12 /F-RESET OUT Reset signal

13 /HSYNC OUT Horizontal sync signal

34 /FPAGE IN Page data READY

36 /READY OUTREADY signal on themachine side

37 FRXD IN Serial communication data

38 /FCTS INSerial reception READY(PCL side)

52 /PCLPRD IN Video data from PCL PWB

(4) 1284/USB circuit select control sectionThe GDI/USB PWB is connected to CN15 connector to control switch-ing between IEEE1284 port and USB port. If USB cable isn’t connected to the GDI/USB PWB, the /1284-EN signalbecomes LOW to allow the user of IEEE1284 port.

If USB cable is connected, the /USB-EN signal becomes LOW to allowthe use of USB port.Since USB has priority, when USB cable is connected, it is selected.That is, when USB cable is connected, IEEE1284 port (parallel port) isdisabled.

USB-IN

/1284-EN

USB-ON

/USB-EN

/GDI-IN

/ACK

PARAAD5

SLCT

PARAAD6

PARAAD7

/STB

PARAAD1

/REV

PARAAD3

PARAAD0

INIT

BUSY

/SLCTIN

/AUTOFD

PE

/FAULT

PARAAD2

PARAAD4

3.3V

5V

31FT-BT-VK-N

CN15

31

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

(5-A3)

(5-A3)

(1-B1)

(5-A3)

(5-D3)

(5-D2)

(5-D3)

(5-D3)

(2-D3)

(5-D2)

(5-D3)

(5-D3)

(5-D2)

(5-D3)

(5-D2)

(5-D3)

(5-D3)

(5-D2)

(5-D3)

(5-D3)

(5-D2)

(5-D2)

(5-D2)

GDI/USB CN

AR-F152

12 – 12

117HBE

118ADS

119DDIN

120AD0

121AD1

122AD2

123AD3

124AD4

125VCCD9

126AD5

127AD6

128AD7

129AD8

130AD9

131GNDD9

132AD10

1AD11

2AD12

3AD13

4AD14

5VCCD1

6AD15

7A16

8A17

9A18

10A19

11GNDD1

12A20

13A21

14A22

15A23

16PDO

17VCCD2

83 VCCA2

82 GNDA2

81 PTMP

80 SBG

79 SCVO

78 SVI

77 GNDA1

76 VCCA1

75 GNDD5

74 PMPH0

73 PMPH1

72 PMPH2

71 PMPH3

70 SMPH0

69 SMPH1

68 SMPH2

67 SMPH3

66 VCCD5

65 PEXT

64 PFAIL

63 SOSCO

62 SOSCI

61 RST

60 WDT

59 BUZCLK

58 DMRQ3

57 MWSI

56 URXD

55 UTEN

54 PIO0

53 PIO1

52 SNH

51 GNDD4

18

SDFD

BK

19

SDIN

20

SDO

UT

21

SLS

22

SCLK

1

23

SPD

W

24

MW

SK

25

GN

DD

2

26

DM

AK3

27

SDIS

28

DM

AK1

29

SCLK

2

30

STB3

31

STB2

32

VCC

D3

33

CTT

L

34

STB1

35

STB0

36

FOSC

I

37

FOSC

O

38

GN

DD

3

39

CC

LK

40

INT0

41

INT1

42

INT2

43

INT3

44

INTR

45

UR

EN

46

UTX

D

47

MW

SO

48

SBYP

S

49

PCLK

50

VCC

D4

TL/EE/11331-54

116

GN

DD

8

115

HO

LD

114

HLC

A

113

WE0

112

WE1

111

OE

110

SEL1

109

VCC

D8

108

SEL0

107

SEL3

106

RAS

0

105

RAS

1

104

CAS

103

CW

AIT

102

GN

DD

7

101

MA1

100

MA2

99

MA3

98

MA4

97

MA5

96

VCC

D7

95

MA6

94M

A793

MA8

92

MA9

91

MA1

0

90

GN

DD

6

89

MA1

1

88

MA1

2

87

MA1

3

86

MA1

4

85

MA1

5

84

VCC

D6

132-Pin FQFP Package

3. FAX PWB Functional block diagram (AR-F152 only)

4. LSI pin layout (AR-F152 only)(1) NSFX200 (IC503) pin layout

Speaker

LCD PWB

PWB

Prog.ROM

CPU Bus

FX164

Image.Memory

LC8213

Image. Bus

ASIC Buf. Mem.

Main MemoryFX200

NCU PSTN

PCL/FAX MCU LZ9FH19

SCANDATAMemory

PRINT DATA

AR-F152

12 – 13

NSFX200 (IC503) supplies

Signal Pin Numbers Descrlption

GNDA1 ∼ 2 77 82 Analog ground.

GNDD1 ∼ 9 11 25 38 51 75 90 102 116 131

Digital ground.

VCCA1 ∼ 2 76 83 Analog Power — 5V supplyfor analog circuits.

VCCD1 ∼ 9 5 17 32 50 66 84 96 109 125

Digital Power — 5V supplyfor digital circuits.

Input SignalsSignal Pin Numbers Description

CTTL 33 CPU Clock — CPU clock thatis used for clocking theNS32FX200.

DMRQ3 58 DMA Request — Input forDMA channel 3 request.

FOSCI 36 High-Speed Oscillator —(49.1520 MHz) Asynchronous.When an external oscillator isused, FOSCO should be leftunconnected or loaded withno more than 5 pF of straycapacitance.

HBE 117 High Byte Enable — Statussignal used to enable datatransfers on the mostsignificant byte of the data bus.

HLDA 114 Hold Acknowledge — Issuedby the CPU to indicate it hasreleased the bus in responseto a HOLD request.

INT0 ∼ 3 40 41 42 43

Interrupt In — Asynchronous.External maskable prioritizedinterrupt requests.

MWSI 57 General purpose input pin.

PFAIL 64 Power Fall Indication — Anasynchronous signal whichforces the NS32FX 200 intofreeze mode.

PTMP 81 Not used.

RST 61 Reset In — Asynhronousreset input from the CPU.

SBG 80 Not used.

SDIN 19 Sigma-Delta Data In —Asynchronous input from theSDC analog receiver.

SOSCI 62 Low-Speed Oscillator —(3.2768 kHz or 455 kHz)Asynchronous. When anexternal oscillator is used,SOSCO should be leftunconnected or loaded withno more than 5 pF of straycapacitance.

SVI 78 Scanner Video In — Analogcurrent from the scannersample and hold circuit.

URXD 56 UART Recelve —Asynchronous input or generalpurpose input pin.

UTEN 55 General purpose input pin.

Output Signals

Signal Pin Numbers Description

BUZCLK 59 Buzzer Clock —Programmable frequencyclock for the buzzer.

CAS 104 DRAM Column AddressStrobe — Column addressstrobe for DRAM banksrefresh.

CCLK 39 CPU Double Clock — FeedsCPU’S OSCIN. Asynchronous.

CWAIT 103 Continuous Walt — Lowextends the memory cycle ofthe CPU.

DMAK1 28 General purpose output pin.

DMAK3 26 DMA Acknowledge —Output for DMA channel 3acknowledge or generalpurpose output pin.

FOSCO 37 High-Speed Oscillator Out —Asynchronous.This line isused as the return path forthe crystal (if used).

HOLD 115 Hold Request — When low,HOLD requests the bus fromthe CPU to perform DMAoperations or to insert idlebus cycles.

INTR 44 Interrupt Request — Lowindicates that an interruptrequest is being output to theCPU.

MA1 ∼ 15 101 100 99 98 97 95 94 93 92 91 89 88 87 86 85

Memory Address Bus —Multiplexed DRAM address.

MWSK 24 General purpose output pin.

OE 111 Output Enable — Used bythe addressed device to gatethe data onto the data bus.

PDO 16 Not used.

PEXT 65 Not used.

PMPH0 ∼ 3 74 73 72 71

Output port.

RAS0 106 DRAM Row AddressStrobes — Row addressstrobe for DRAM banks 0and 1.

RAS1 105 RAS1 is not used.

SCLK1 22 General purpose output pin.

SCLK2/DAMK0 29 Scanner Clock 2 — Output,DMA Acknowledge-output forDMA channel 0 acknowledge.

SCVO 79 Scanner CompensatedVideo Out — Analog currentfor use by ABC or optionalvideo enhanement circuit.

SDFDBK 18 Sigma-Delta Feedback —Feedback input to the SDCanalog receiver.Asynchronous output signal.

AR-F152

12 – 14


SDIS/DMAK2 27 General purpose output pin.

SDOUT 20 Sigma-Delta Data Out —Input to the SDC analogtransmitter.

SEL0 108 Zone Select — Used toadderss the device accordingto the selected zone.

SEL1 110

SEL3 107

SLS 21 General purpose output pin.

SMPH0 ∼ 3 70 69 68 67

Output port.

SOSCO 63 Low-Speed Oscillator Out — Asynchronous. This line isused as the return path forthe crystal (if used).

SPDW 23 General purpose output pin.

STB0-3 35 34 31 30

General purpose output pin.

WDT 60 WATCHDOG Trap — TrapsCPU execution whenWATCHDOG detects error.

WEO 113 Write Enable — Used by theaddressed device to get thedata from the data bus.WE0for even and WE1 for oddbytes.

WE1 112

Input/Output Signals


A16 ∼ 23 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15

High Order Address Bus —The most significant eight bitsof the CPU address bus.

AD0 ∼ 15 120 121 122123 124 126127 128 129130 132 1 2 3 4 6

Address/Data bus —Multiplexed address/datainformation.

ADS 118 Address Strobe — Controlsmemory access, and signalsthe beginning of a bus cycle.

DDIN 119 Data Direction In —Indicates the direction of datatransfer during a bus cycle.

MWSO 47 General purpose I/O pin.

PCLK/DMRQ1 49 General purpose I/O pin.

PIO0-1 54 53 General Purpose I/O Pins.

SBYPS/DMRQ2 48 General purpose I/O pin.

SNH/DMRQ0 52 Sample and Hold — Outputto scanner sample and holdcircuit or DMA Request-inputfor DMA channel 0 reques.

UREN 45 General purpose I/O pin.

UTXD 46 UART Transmit — Output.

(2) NS32FX164 (IC507)

SuppllesVCC Power

+5 V positive supply.GND Ground.

Ground reference for both on-chip logic and outputdrivers.

Input SignalsRSTI Reset Input.

Schmitt triggered, asynchronous signal used to generate aCPU reset.Note: The reset signal is a true asynchronous input.

Therefore, no external synchronizing circuit isneeded.

HOLD Hold Request.When active, causes the CPU to release the bus for DMAor multiprocessing purposes.Note: If the HOLD signal is generated asynchronously, its

set up and hold times may be violated. In this case,it is recommended to synchronize it with CTTL tominimize the possibility of metastable states.TheCPU provides only one synchronization stage tominimize the HLDA latency. This is to avoid speeddegradations in cases of heavy HOLD activity (i.e.,DMA controller cycles interleaved with CPUcycles).

INT Interrupt.A low level on this pin requests a maskable interrupt. INTmust be kept asserted until the interrupt is acknowledged.

NMI Non-Maskable Interrupt.A High-to-Low transition on this signal requests a non-maskable interrupt.Note: INT and NMI are true asynchronous inputs. There-

fore, no external synchronizing circuit is needed.CWAIT Continuous Walt.

Causes the CPU to insert continuous wait states ifsampled low at the end of T2 and each following T-State.

OSCIN Crystal/External Clock Input.Input from a crystal or an external clock source.

9ST2

8ST3

7PFS

6DDIN

5ADS

4SPC

3VCC

2HBE

1HOLDA

68HOLD

67RSTO

66RES

65RES

64CWAIT

63GND

62OSCIN

61RSTI

27 A18

28 A17

29 A16

30 VCC

31 AD15

32 AD14

33 AD13

34 AD12

35 AD11

36 AD10

37 AD9

38 AD8

39 GND

40 AD7

41 AD6

42 AD5

43 AD4

10

GN

D

11

ST1

12

ST0

13

ILO

14

NM

I

15

INT

16

U/S

17

BPU

18

IAS

19

IOU

T

20

VCC

21

A23

22

A22

23

A21

24

A20

25

A19

26

GN

D

60

OSC

OU

T

59

TSO

58

WR

57

RD

56

GND

55

CTT

L1

54

VCC

53

DBE

52

GND

51

VCC

50

CTT

L2

49

FCLK

48

ALE

47

AD0

46

AD1

45

AD2

44

AD3

NS32FX164NS32FV16

NS32FX161

68-Pin PCC Package

AR-F152

12 – 15

Output SignalsA16 ∼ A23 ∗ High-Order Address Bits.

These are the most significant 8 bits of the memory ad-dress bus.

HBE ∗ High Byte Enable.Status signal used to enable data transfers on the mostsignificant byte of the data bus.

ST0 ∼ 3 Status.Not used.

U/S User/Supervisor.Not used.

ILO Interlocked Operation.Not used.

HLDA Hold Acknowledge.Activated by the CPU in response to the HOLD input to in-dicate CPU has released the bus.

PFS Program Flow Status.A pulse on this signal indicates the beginning of executionof instruction.

BPU BPU Cycle.Not used.

RSTO Reset Output.This signal becomes active when RSTI is low, initiating asystem reset.

RD Read Strobe.Activated during CPU or DMA read cycles to enable read-ing of data from memory or peripherals.

WR Write Strobe.Activated during CPU or DMA write cycles to enable writ-ing of data to memory or peripherals.

TSO Timing State Output.Not used.

DBE Data Buffers Enable.Used to control external data buffers. It is active when thedata buffers are to be enabled.

OSCOUT Crystal Output.Not used.

IAS SPecial Cycle Address Strobe.Not used.

CTTL1 – 2 System Clock.Output clock for bus timing. CTTL1 and CTTL2 must beexternally connected together.

FCLK Fast Clock.Not used.

ALE Address Latch Enable.Active high signal that can be used to control external ad-dress latches.

IOUT Interrupt OutputNot used.

Input-Output SignalsAD0 ∼ 15 * Address/Data Bus.

Multiplexed Address/Data Information. Bit 0 is the leastsignificant bit of each.

SPC Slave Processor Control.Not used.

DDIN * Data Direction.Status signal indicating the direction of the data transferduring a bus cycle. During HOLD acknowledge this signalbecomes an input and determines the activation of RD orWR.

ADS * Address StrobeControls address latches; signals the beginning of a buscycle. During HOLD acknowledge this signal becomes aninput and the CPU monitors it to detect the beginning ofa DMA cycle and generate the relevant strobe signals.When a DMA is used, ADS should be pulled up to VCC

through a 10 kΩ resistor.

(3) LC8213K (IC505) Pin LayoutI: Input pinO: Output pinB: Bidirectional pinP: Power pinNC: Not connected

No. Pin name Type

1 CS I

2 RD I

3 WR I

4 A2 I

5 A1 I

6 A0 I

7 VDD P

8 NC

9 D7 B

10 D6 B

11 D5 B

12 D4 B

13 VSS P

14 D3 B

15 D2 B

16 D1 B

17 D0 B

18 NC

19 NC

20 IREQ O

21 DREQ O

22 DACK I

23 NC

24 NC

25 NC

26 NC

27 RESET I

28 CLK I

29 VSS P

30 TEST4 I

31 VDD P

32 TEST3 I

33 TEST2 I

34 TEST1 I

35 TEST0 I

36 NC

37 BREQ O

38 BACK I

39 IDREQ I

40 IDACK O

No. Pin name Type

41 AEN O

42 AST O

43 MDEN O

44 MRD O

45 MWR O

46 IORD O

47 IOWR O

48 LDE O

49 UDE O

50 READY I

51 DTC O

52 VSS P

53 NC

54 MA23 O

55 MA22 O

56 MA21 O

57 MA20 O

58 MA19 O

59 MA18 O

60 MA17 O

61 MA16 O

62 MA/MD15 O

63 VSS P

64 MA/MD14 B

65 MA/MD13 B

66 MA/MD12 B

67 MA/MD11 B

68 MA/MD10 B

69 MA/MD9 B

70 MA/MD8 B

71 MA/MD7 B

72 VSS P

73 VDD P

74 MA/MD6 B

75 MA/MD5 B

76 MA/MD4 B

77 MA/MD3 B

78 MA/MD2 B

79 MA/MD1 B

80 MA/MD0 B

AR-F152

12 – 16

(4) CPU interfaceTerminal

namePinNo.

I/O Function

CS 1 I Chip select for the CPU to accessthe LC8213 (low sctive).

RD 2 I Read.Set to “L” when the CPU isthe read out the LC8213 register.

WR 3 I Write.Set to “L” when the CPU isto the LC8213 register.

A2 4 I Address input for when the CPUaccesses LC8213.A1 5

A0 6D7 9 I/O

3 stateBidirectional 8-bit data bus

D6 10D5 11D4 12D3 14D2 15D1 16D0 17

IREQ 20 O Interrupt request signal for theCPU. By reading out the INTR(interrupt request register) the CPUcan find the cause of theinterruption.IREQ is set to “L” whenthe CPU reads INTR.

DREQ 21 O DMA request signal for the externalDMA controller. This will be set to“H” in the following cases. • Data exists in the EFIFO during

the coding processes.• An empty space exists in the

DFIFO during decoding processes.• The DBUF can read/write during

data transfer between the imagememory bus and CPU bus.

DACK 22 I DMA acknowledge signal from theexternal DMA comtroller.If DACK isset to “L” during coding ordecoding, EFIFO and DFIFO willbe accessed. DBUF will beaccessed if DACK is set to “L”during data transfer between theimage memory bus and CPU bus.

(5) Image memory interfaceTerminal

namePin No.

I/O Function

MA23 54 O3 state

Not used.

MA22 55

MA21 56

MA20 57

MA19 56

MA18 59

MA17 60

MA16 61

MA/MD15 62 I/O3 state

Not used.

MA/MD14 64 Low-order 16-bit address and 16-bit data bus for the image memory.MA/MD13 65

MA/MD12 66

MA/MD11 67

MA/MD10 68

MA/MD9 69

MA/MD8 70

Terminalname

Pin No.

I/O Function

MA/MD7 71

MA/MD6 74

MA/MD5 75

MA/MD4 76

MA/MD3 77

MA/MD2 78

MA/MD1 79

MA/MD0 80

AEN 41 O This is set to “L” when theLC8213 is the bus master to theimage memory.If AEN = “H”, MA/MD, MRD,MWR, IORD, IOWR, UDE andLDE will be a HiZ output.

AST 42 O This signal indicates that anaddress is being output toMA/MD15 ∼ MA/MD0.

MDEN 43 O This signal indicates that theLC8213 is using MA/MD15 ∼ MD0 as data buses.

USE 49 I/O3 state

Not used.

LDE 48 I/O3 state

This signal indicates that the low-order bits of the data bus arebeing used.

MRD 44 O3 state

This is set to “L” when data isbeing read out of the imagememory.

MWR 45 O3 state

This is set to “L” when data isbeing written into the imagememory.

IORD 46 O3 state

Not used.

IOWR 47 O3 state

Not used.

BREQ 37 O This signal is used for the LC8213to request usage rights from theimage memory bus.

BACK 38 I Input signal allowing the LC8213to use the image memory bus.

IDREQ 39 I Not used.

IDACK 40 O Not used.

READY 50 I This signal is used to delay theread/write signal when using lowspeed image memory or an I/Odevice.

DTC 51 O Not used.

(6) OthersTerminal

namePin No. I/O Function

CKL 28 I External clock (Max.20NHz)

RESET 27 I Reset

TEST0 35 I For testing.This is normally fixedto “L”.TEST1 34

TEST2 33

TEST3 32

TEST4 30

VDD 7, 31,73

power supply (+ 5V)

VSS 13, 29,52, 63,72

GND

AR-F152

12 – 17

(7) MBCG46533-175 (IC 509) Pin LoyoutPin# Signal Description

1:18 IA14:IA0 Image bus address

19 AI_LINEINT Scanner line interuppt toFX200 INT1 pin

20 CEP_*LED Chip select to image memory

21 AI_TRIG Tigger signal to LC82103

22 AI_*IPDACK DMA ack. sugnal to LC82103

23 IM_*WR Write strobe to imagememory

24 AI_CEP*DREQ DMA request to FX200

25 AI_BACK Bus ack.signal to LC8213

28 IP_CLK1 CLK1 of the LC82103

32 AI_*CEPDMAK DMA ack.signal from FX200

33 IM_IPDREQ DMA request from LC82103

34: 42 IDATA7: IDATA0 Image bus data

44 IM_IPSH SH signal from LC82103

45 IM_BREQ Bus request from LC8213

46 CEP_DREQ DMA request from LC8213

47 CEP_*AEN Address enable signal fromLC8213

48 CEP_AST Address strobe signal fromLC8213

49 *RESET Reset signal from LBPengine

51 VCKL Not used

53 *DREADY DREADY signal from LBP

54 ERROR ERROR signal from LBP

55 *DCRDY DCRDY signal from LBP

56 *HSYNC Horizontal syc.signal fromLBP

57 *SCLK SCLK signal from LBP

58 VSYNC Vertical signal from LBP

59 PLL-CLK Basic clock from PLL

62 *DDATA Video data to LBP

63 *DSRDY DSRDY signal from LBP

64 *SDATA SDATA for LBP

65 RES-*ERR RESERR to LBP

66 *DPAGE DPAGE to LBP

67 *DPRIM DPRIM to LBP

69 AI-*MWE Write strobe to 16MDRAM

70 AI-*ICAS L-CAS signal to 16MDRAM

71 AI-*UCAS U-CAS signal to 16MDRAM

73 *ICAS CAS signal from FX200

74 *IWEI Write enable signal for evenbyte on data bus

75 *IWE0 Write enable signal for oddbyte on data bus

76 FX1_*RSTO Reset signal from FX164

77 AI_*IRD read strobe to I/O device

78 AI_*IWR write strobe to I/O device

80 AI_*SANWRL Strobe signal for LD0:8 bus

81:89 LD0:LD7 Buffered AD bus for slowdevices access

90 AI_*CSIP Chip select signal forLC82103

91 AI_*CSCEP Chip select signal for LC8213

92 AI_*RDKRB Read strobe signal for74LS244

93 AI_*FIFOA9 WPSFIFO address signal

Pin# Signal Description

94 AI_*CSCONF Chip select signal for64KSRAM

95 AI_*WRLED Not used

98 F2_*SEL1 Zone select signal fromFX200,

99 F2_*SEL3 Zone select signal fromFX200

100 F2_*DMAK0 DMA ask.signal from FX200

101 F1_*DBE Data buffer enable signalfrom FX164

102 F1_*DDIN Status signal indicating thedirection of the data busfrom FX164

103 F1_*RD Read strobe signal fromFX164

104 F1_*WR Write strobe signal fromFX164

108 F1_CTTL1 System clock from FX164

110 F1_*HLDA Hold Ask. signal from FX164

111 F1_ALE Address latch signal fromFX164

112:129 AD15:AD0 FX164 AD bus

132 *XINT 1284 INT signal

133 XSELECT 1284 SELECT signal

134 XPERR 1284 PERR signal

135 XBUSY 1284 Busy signal

136 XACK 1284 ACK signal

137 XFAULT 1284 FAUL signal

138:146 BPCDATA1:BPCDATA8 1284 buffered data

148 *XSTROBE 1284 STROBE signal

149 *XSLECTION 1284 SELECT IN signal

150 *XAUTOFD 1284 AUTOFD signal

151 AI_1284IN 1284 buffer direction controlsignal

152 AI_ECPINT 1284 interrupt signal toFX200

153 AI_*DREQ

155 XTST TEST pin

156 SW4M FIFO RAM size select signal

157:174 AI_FIFOD0:AI_FIFOD15

WIPS FIFO Data

175 AI_FIFO*WR WPS FIFO write strobe

177 AI_FIFO*CAS WPS FIFO CAS signal

178 AI_FIFO*RAS WPS FIFO RAS signal

179:188 AI_FIFOA0:AI_FIFOA8 WPS FIFO address signal

190:193 AI_SMPH0:AI_SMPH3 Scanner motor phase signal

194:195 AI_CUR0:AI_CUR1 Scanner motor currentcontrol signal

197 AI_*CLK2 CLK2 signal for CCD

198 AI_*CLK1 CLK1 signal for CCD

199 AI_*CLAMP CLAMP signal for CCD

202 AI_*LAMPON Scanner lamp control signal

203 AI_*TGCCD TG signal for CCD

204 AI_*RSCCD RS signal for CCD

205 PNL_*SCOVER Scanner cover open signal

206 *B4SEN B4 sensor signal (Not usedin not-Japan model)

207 *PISEN Paper in Sensor on Scannersignal

208 *ORSEN Original sensor on scannersignal

AR-F152

12 – 18

5. FAX PWB circuit description(AR-F152 only)

(1) SummaryThe FAX PWB performs the following operations:• Interface with the MCU PWB (Scan data input, print image data out-

put)• FAX operation panel control• FAX image conversion• Interface with the public telephone line

NS FX164 is used as the CPU, and FX200 is used as the system con-troller. An 8M OTPROM is used as the program ROM, and16M DRAMas the main memory. To store the registered telephone numbers, etc.,64K SRAM (backed up by battery) and the clock IC are used.

LC8213 is used to perform data compression and expansion.ASIC performs laser printer control and interface with and the MCUPWB.The NCU circuit connects with the telephone line.

(2) CPU sectionThe NS32FX164 (having 32bit core and 16bit DSP core) is used as theCPU in combination with the system controller NS32FX200. The 32bitCPU core is used to control the system. By combination with the 16bitDSP core and the Sigma Delta Coded circuit in the NS32FX200, theMODEM function is realized. The NS32FX200 is provided with theDRAM controller function, the interrupt controller function, the timerfunction, and the DMA controller function, which are used to control thesystem.

(3) MemoryA DRAM of 16M (1M × 16 bit composition) is used as the mainmemory. An 8M OPTROM (512K × 16 bit composition) is used as theprogram memory. The NJU6355 is used as the clock IC, and 64K SRAM of 8K × 8bit isused as the configuration memory which stores various settings. Thesetwo IC’s are backed up by a 3V lithium battery even when the ACpower is turned off. The configuration memory is also used as the buff-er memory in PC-FAX.

(4) Scanner image storing processASIC (LZ9FH19) receives scanner image data processed in the MCUPWB and stores in the scan data memory.ASIC outputs image data to the image data bus and performs com-pression and expansion with LC8213 according to the CPU’s instruc-tion.

(5) Compression, expansionBy combination of LC8213 and 256K SRAM, compression and expan-sion are performed.

This IC converts bit map data into coded data in MH, MR, or MMR for-mat or converts coded data of MH, MR, or MMR format into bit mapdata. In FAX sending, bit map data is outputted from LZ9FH19 to theimage bus are coded in MMR format and outputted to the CPU bus.The coded data are stored in the main memory. In FAX reception, thecoded data are read from the main memory and converted into bit mapdata by this IC and outputted to the image bus.The outputted data are sent through the ASIC to the MCU PWB andprinted. The 256K SRAM connected to the image bus are used as thebuffer memory.

(6) ASIC section This ASIC of about 30,000 gates is composed of the three blocks.• SCL block: Scanner control and bus control• 1284 block: Interface section with PC• LBP: Laser printer engine control and FIFO memory controlRESET_GEN forms reset signals in ASIC, and CLOCK GEN formsclock signals in ASIC. HFKDIV divides the basic video frequency in-putted to the ASIC.

SCL block

The SCL block performs scanner control, timing control, and bus con-trol.The scanner control block does not use the MCU because the MCUtakes an image data.The sensor block receives input of the sensor and switch state on theADF. The bus control block performs the CPU bus control, image buscontrol, and DMA transmission between them. The timing control blockforms CCD clock signals and DMA signals.

CPU NS32FX164

32bit CPU CORE16bit DSP module

System controller NS32FX200

DRAM controllerInterrupt controllerTimerDMA controllerSigma Delta Coded

Analog circuit

NCU circuit

Public Telephone line

CPU Bus CPU

Interface

Compression

Expansion

Image Bus Interface

LC8213

Image Bus

256K SRAM

LBP

ECP

SCL

Reset_gen

ASIC

HfckdivClock gen

Scanner control

Motor control

Lamp modulation

Bus control

DMA control

CAPTURE

Image buscontrolTiming control

Sensors

TC Tim

e slo

t

CCd timing conrol

LC8213 Dreq out

ECP Dreq out

CTT

L di

v2 m

ain

clock

CTT

L fro

m F

X

LC82

103

CC

D ti

min

g

LC82

13 D

req

in

ECP

Dre

q in

LC82

103

DMA

han

dsha

ke

LC82

13 B

REQ

LC82

13 B

ACK

LC82

13 c

ontro

s

Imag

e m

emor

y ad

dres

s

Imag

e m

emor

y da

ta b

us

Imag

e m

emor

y co

ntro

l

Address

FX data in

FX data out

Controls

LBP READY

LBP DACK/wrne

Data tp LBP

Con

trol

FX A

D B

US

Control

Address

FX data in

FX data out

FX d

ata

out

Con

trol

Imag

e ad

dres

s

Imag

e m

emor

y co

ntro

l

LC82

13 D

ATA

DAC

K

DREQ

Imag

e da

ta o

n

Imag

e wr

neC

aptu

r on

AR-F152

12 – 19

The LBP block controls the laser printer engine and the FIFO memory.Since sending/receiving of command/status with the LBP engine ismade in the serial line, serial/parallel conversion is made in this blockto make interface between the CPU and the LBP engine. The refer-ence video signal generated in the PLL circuit is made to the video fre-quency necessary for the dividing circuit. Video data are sent to thelaser engine in synchronization with this signal. A 16M DRAM (1M × 16 bit) is used as the printer FIFO memory, whichis used as the buffer memory in PC-scan.

(7) NCU circuitThe NCU circuit has the following functions:• Matching between the public line and Sigma Delta circuit (MODEM

circuit)• To make OFF-hook state• Ring detection • External telephone connection • Detection of OFF-hook state of the external telephone

Relay RY501 connects the public line and the matching transformer.Relay RY501 connects the DC load line and the public line.When RY501 is open, the external telephone is connected to the publictelephone line. For calling sound from the public line, the signal is rec-tified and inputted to the photo coupler PC817 ISO502 to generateNCU_RDT signal.

The CPU judges whether calling is made from the public line or notreferring to the frequency of the NCU_RDT signal. By turning on RY501, the public line loop is closed. Then response ofMFP is transmitted to the public line. (OFF-hook state). When the dialpulse is selected, RY501 is turned on/off according to the telephonenumber to transmit the remote telephone number to the publictelephone line. In the tone pulse, the tone signal from the Sigma Deltacircuit is passed through the matching transformer to the publictelephone line.The NCU_LPCDT signal is generated fromPC814 (ISO503) accordingto the potential generated in R513. When the external telephone is inOFF-hook state, a potential is generated in R513 to drive theMCU_LPCDT signal LOW. The CPU monitors the signal and judgeswhether the external telephone is busy or not.

(8) Sigma Delta circuitThe Sigma Delta circuit converts analog signals passed through thematching transformer into digital signals. The digital signals(FX200_SDOUT) outputted from FX200 are inputted to the analogswitch to generate digital switch for switching with +5V/5V. The signalsare converted into analog signals in the LPF circuit.

On the other hand, the analog signals inputted through the matchingtransformer are amplified in the AMP circuit. By combination withFX_200SDBFK signal and the integrator/comparator, the FX_200SDINsignal is made and inputted to FX200.

(9) Data flowThe data flow in each reception mode is shown below.

The FAX data from the public line are stored in the 16M DRAM. In thiscase, the data are stored in the received format, that is in MH, MR orMMR format. When reception of one page data is completed, printingis performed.

CLK

RST

RDYLED

CS_LBP

CA[5:0]

DATA2FPGA[15:0]

IWR_

IRD_

D_LBP2SCL[15:0]

LBP_WE_

IMG2LBP[7:0]

LBP_RDY

SCL

Module

PLL

HFKDIV

PLL_C

LK

J[3:0]

VCLKHS_

LBP moduleECPmodule

RE

SE

RR

HS

YN

C_

SEL

ELDATA[5:0]

ELWR_

ELRD_

PA RERR

LEDATA[7:0]

LERDYSTALLSTSCH

DPRIM

ELDATA[7:0]

PAPPY

VSYNC

DREADYRESETERRORDDATADPAGEDSRDYDCRDYSCLKSDATA

RAS_CAS_WR_OEADDR[9:0]DATA[15:0]

DRAM256Kx16

LBPENCINE

RLE

Rublicline

Externaltelephone

Matchingtransformer

Ringdetection

Loopcurrentdetection

NCU_LPCDT

NCU_RDT

Sigma Deltacircuit

To CPU

To CPU

T501

RY501

R513

ISO502

ISO503

LF347+5V

-5V

FX200_SDOUT

HC4053(IC605)HC4053(IC605)

LPF LIS

FX200_CAL

LF347

FX200_GAIN

LM311 LF347

HC4053(IC516)

FX200_SDIN

FX200_SDFBK

AMP.Integrator,Comparator

+5V

-5V

Matching

transformer

Reference voltage

FX164 FX200

NCU

Main Memory

LC8213

ASIC

Buf. Mem.

Prog.ROM

Image.Memory

Image Bus

CPU Bus

PSTN

CompressedImage

(FAX reception) Reception operation

FAX/PCLMCU PWB

FAX/PCLMCU PWBLZ9FH19

SCANDATAMemory

LCD PWB

AR-F152

12 – 20

The FAX data stored in the main memory are transmitted to LC8213,where they are converted into bit map data, which are sent to ASICand transmitted to the FAX/PCL MCU PWB for printing.

LZ9FH19 receives image data from FAX/PCL MCU and stores in thescan data memory. The mage data are transmitted to LC52113 andconverted into MMR format. The converted data are stored in the mainmemory then read by FX200 and transmitted to the public line.

6. LCD circuit (AR-F152 only)A. OutlineThe LCD PWB is composed of the 4-bit, single-chip microprocessor,HD404344, the LCD panel, the key SW block, the LED circuit, and theshunt regulator circuit. The block diagram is shown below.The LCD PWB is composed of the key scan process block, the serialI/O process block, the LED lighting process block, the LCD displayprocess block, the reset process block, the oscillation circuit, and theLCD power circuit. These circuits are driven by 5V, and only the LCDcircuit is driven by 12V to generate 5.2V as the LCD display drive volt-age.

B. CPU pin table

Pin No. Signal name Input/Output

1 LED1 Output

2 LED2 Output

3 LCDRS Input/Output

4 LCDRW Input/Output

5 LCDB4 Input/Output




9 OSC1 Input

10 OSC2 Output

11 GND –

12 KEYCOM1 Output

13 KEYCOM2 Output

14 KEYCOM3 Output

15 KEYCOM4 Output

16 VCC –

17 TEST Input

18 /PANEL RESET Input

19 /SCK Input

20 SID Input

21 SOD Output

22 LCDE Output

23 KEYCOM9 Output

24 KEYCOM8 Output

25 LED3 Output

26 KEYCOM7 Output

27 KEYCOM6 Output

28 KEYCOM5 Output

FX164 FX200

NCU

Main Memory

LC8213

ASIC

Buf. Mem.

Prog.ROM

Image.Memory

CPU Bus

PSTN

CompressedImage

Image Bus

(FAX reception) Print operation

FAX/PCLMCU PWB

LZ9FH19

FAX/PCLMCU PWB

SCANDATAMemory

LCD PWB

FX164 FX200

NCU

Main Memory

ASIC

Buf. Mem.

Prog.ROM

Image.Memory

CPU Bus

PSTN

CompressedImage

Image Bus

LC8213

(FAX transmission)

FAX/PCLMCU PWB

FAX/PCLMCU PWB

LZ9FH19

SCANDATAMemory

LCD PWB

Key scan section LED circuit section

LCD power circuit

LCD panel

Oscillation circuit

FAX boardPWB

LCD PWB

CPUHD404344

SOD

SCKSIORESET

AR-F152

12 – 21

C. LCD panel pin arrangement

Pin No. Signal name Input/Output Remark

1 LCDRS InputH: Data input;L: Instruction input

2 LCDRW InputH: Data read;L: Data write

3 LCDE Input Enable signal

4 DB0 Input Not used.

5 DB1 Input Not used



8 LCDB4 Input Data bus line




12 VSS – 0V

13 VDD – +5.2V

14 Vin – +5.2V

15 V5 – LCD drive power

16 GND – Frame GND

D. Key scan input process diagram

LCD display dataprocess time (B)

Key scanprocesstime (A)

Key scanprocesstime (A)

Key SW effective period

input

AR-F152

12 – 22

[13] CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

11

22

33

44

E E

D D

C C

B B

A A

US

B-I

N

TM

ON

/F-R

ES

ET

/PO

FF

D15

(FR

XD

)(/

FR

TS

)

(/F

CT

S)

(FT

XD

) (OP

-CLK

)

SIN

4

/CS

0

/HW

R

D8

D1

D14

D13

D12

D11

D10

D9

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D0

/CP

US

YN

C

(SP

PD

)

/CS

0

PS

W

(OP

-DA

TA

)

DA

L

/SC

AN

ST

MR

MT

0

PR

(MH

PS

)

MR

MT

2

/HW

R

RT

H

SIN

2

/TM

EN

TM

CLK

DM

T2

DM

T1

RR

S

DA

H

/PR

ST

AR

T

HL

MR

MT

1

/LW

R

SIN

3

/AS

ICIN

T

DM

T3

MR

MT

3

/RD

DM

T0

PM

CLK

SC

L

SIN

1

/SC

AN

SP

/CS

1

/RS

T

/RE

SE

T

CP

UC

LK

/LW

R

DR

ST

A6

A7

/CS

1

A3

A4

A2

/RD

A1

A5

SE

LIN

3S

ELI

N2

SE

LIN

1

/CS

2

KIN

2

KIN

1

FW

SD

A

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

24V

5V

5V

5V

5V

A5V

5V

0.1u

C24

2

3.3K

JR

203

100pC39

9

20K

J

R30

3

1KJ

R13

9

74H

C14

IC11

3E1S

S13

3

D10

0.1u

C40

9

0.1u

C41

0

10u

16V

C9

0.1u

C18

1

SB

O-0

2SA

NL20

33K

JR

125

9.1K

J

R12

9

0.1u

C39

4

0.1u

C39

3

0.1u

C23

30.

1u

C23

2

DA

204K

D10

6

20K

JR

213

47p

C17

1

W24

257A

J-12

IC5

47p

C25

5

0.82

uC

10

1000

p

C13

9

M24

C02

WB

N6

IC16

47p

C25

4

100p

C27

9

W24

257A

J-12

IC7

100p

C23

4

0.1u

C23

1

47p

C19

9

0.1u

C22

5

20KJBR21

47p

C19

8

H8S

/235

0

H8S

/235

0

IC9

100p

C22

7

47p

C38

9

47J

R30

0

74V

HC

08

IC11

1A

330J

R22

3

20KJBR4047JBR36

DA

N20

2U

D29

MX

27C

4096

IC6

47p

C17

8

SB

O-0

2SA

N

L4

0.1u

C18

3

10K

J

R27

1

1KJ

R24

7

1KJ

R13

7

20KJR201

7.5K

J

R24

9

0.1u

C37

274

HC

14

IC11

3F

20KJR20847J

R20

747J

R21

5

20K

J

R21

4

47p

C17

2

4.7K

J

R23

9

1000

p

C17

3

20KJBR41

20KJBR43

20KJBR42

20K

JB

R27

47J

R18

6

100p

C20

5

47p

C20

0

47J

BR

24

47J

BR

23

47J

BR

25

20K

JB

R28

20K

JB

R22

20K

JR

200

DA

P20

2U

D28

1000

p

C28

3

1KJ

R24

0

100p

C31

4

100p

C25

6

20K

JB

R47

20K

JB

R52

47J

R21

847

JR

217

20K

JB

R49

20K

JB

R48

47JBR38

100p

C20

8

100p

C20

710

0p

C20

6

47J

R20

2

1KJ

R28

2

47p

C37

1

47p

C21

147

p

C21

047

p

C20

9

47J

R18

7

NF

M83

9N

F1

NF

M83

9N

F2

1SS

133

D5

1SS

133

D6

18p

C10

3

47p

C10

2

10K

J

R27

2

DA

P20

2U

D27

10K

J

R22

8

10K

J

R23

2D

AN

202U

D26

47JBR37

47JBR39

47J

BR

26

47J

R26

0

47p

C31

5

1000

P

C20

1

0.1u

C22

4

0.1u

C32

9

10K

J

R25

8

74V

HC

08

IC11

1D

2200

0p

C17

7

10K

JR

257

2200

0p

C17

0

M51

953

IC4

22u

16V

C11

68J

R20

6

1000

p

C26

5

1000

p

C26

9

1KJ

R22

9

1KJ

R22

4

1000

p

C29

6

2200

0p

C35

6

0.1uC

357

AT

-51

19.6

608M

Hz

X1

18p

C26

8

18p

C26

7

1011

21

15I/O

4

16I/O

5

17I/O

6

18I/O

7

19I/O

8

20/C

E

21A

10

22/O

E

23A

11

25A

824

A9

26A

13

27/W

E

28V

DD

14G

ND

13I/O

3

12I/O

2

11I/O

1

10A

0

9A

1

8A

2

7A

3

6A

4

5A

5

4A

6

3A

7

2A

12

1A

14

2A

1

4V

SS

3A

2

8V

CC

1A

0

7/W

C

6S

CL

5S

DA

15I/O

4

16I/O

5

17I/O

6

18I/O

7

19I/O

8

20/C

E

21A

10

22/O

E

23A

11

25A

824

A9

26A

13

27/W

E

28V

DD

14G

ND

13I/O

3

12I/O

2

11I/O

1

10A

0

9A

1

8A

2

7A

3

6A

4

5A

5

4A

6

3A

7

2A

12

1A

14

38P

64/IR

Q0-

37P

65/IR

Q1-

36V

ss

35V

ss

34P

66/C

S6-

/IRQ

2-

33P

67/C

S7-

/IRQ

3-

32P

A7/

A23

/IRQ

7-

31P

A6/

A22

/IRQ

6-

30P

A5/

A21

/IRQ

5-

29P

A4/

A20

/IRQ

4-

28V

ss

27P

A3/

A19

26P

A2/

A18

64P35/SCK1

25P

A1/

A17

63P34/SCK0

24P

A0/

A16

62P33/RxD1

23P

B7/

A15

61P32/RxD0

22P

B6/

A14

60P31/TxD1

21P

B5/

A13

59P30/TxD0

20P

B4/

A12

58Vcc

19V

ss

57PD7/D15

18P

B3/

A11

56PD6/D14

17P

B2/

A10

55PD5/D13

16P

B1/

A9

54PD4/D12

15P

B0/

A8

53Vss

14P

C7/

A7

52PD3/D11

13P

C6/

A6

51PD2/D10

12P

C5/

A5

50PD1/D9

11P

C4/

A4

49PD0/D8

10V

ss

48PE7/D7

9P

C3/

A3

47PE6/D6

8P

C2/

A2

46PE5/D5

7P

C1/

A1

45PE4/D4

6P

C0/

A0

44Vss

5V

cc

43PE3/D3

4V

ss

42PE2/D2

3V

ss

41PE1/D1

2P

G4/

CS

0-

40PE0/D0

1P

G3/

CS

1-

39Vcc

102

P53

/AD

TR

G-

101

P52

100

Vss

99V

ss98

P51

97P

5096

PF

0/B

RE

Q-

95P

F1/

BA

CK

-94

PF

2/LC

AS

-/W

AIT

-/B

RE

QO

-93

PF

3/LW

R-

92P

F4/

HW

R-

91P

F5/

RD

-90

PF

6/A

S-

89V

cc88

PF

7/87

Vss

86E

XT

AL

85X

TA

L84

Vcc

83S

TB

Y-

82N

MI

81R

ES

-80

WD

TO

VF

-79

P20

/PO

0/T

IOC

A3

78P

21/P

O1/

TIO

CB

377

P22

/PO

2/T

IOC

C3

76P

23/P

O3/

TIO

CD

375

P24

/PO

4/T

IOC

A4

74P

25/P

O5/

TIO

CB

473

P26

/PO

6/T

IOC

A5

72P

27/P

O7/

TIO

CB

571

P63

/TE

ND

1-70

P62

/DR

EQ

1-69

P61

/TE

ND

0-/C

S5-

68V

ss67

Vss

66P

60/D

RE

Q0-

/CS

4-65

Vss

128 PG2/CS2-

127 PG1/CS3-

126 PG0/CAS-

125 MD2

124 MD1

123 MD0

122 P10/PO8/TIOCA0/DACK0-

121 P11/PO9/TIOCB0/DACK1-

120 P12/PO10/TIOCC0/TCLKA

119 P13/PO11/TIOCD0/TCLKB

118 P14/PO12/TIOCA1

117 P15/PO13/TIOCB1/TCLKC

116 P16/PO14/TIOCA2

115 P17/PO15/TIOCB2/TCLKD

114 Vss

113 AVss

112 P47/AN7/DA1

111 P46/AN6/DA0

110 P45/AN5

109 P44/AN4

108 P43/AN3

107 P42/AN2

106 P41/AN1

105 P40/AN0

104 Vref

103 AVcc

321

4321

5678

1

2

3

38A

16

3D

15

4D

14

5D

13

6D

12

7D

11

8D

10

9D

9

10D

8

12D

7

13D

6

14D

5

15D

4

16D

3

17D

2

18D

1

19D

0

1V

PP

39A

17

20O

E

2C

E

37A

15

36A

14

35A

13

34A

12

33A

11

32A

10

31A

9

29A

8

28A

7

27A

6

26A

5

25A

4

24A

3

23A

2

22A

1

21A

0

1213

4321

5678

4321

5678

4321

5678

1

2

3

4321

5678

1

2

3

1

2

3

4321

5678

4321

5678

4321

5678

111312

5O

UT

4C

D

3G

ND

2N

C

1V

CC

A18

D12

D12

D13

D14

D13

D13

D13

D12

D15

D15

D15

D14

D14

D14

D12

D15

A12

D4

D8

D1

A13

A17

D7

A14

A11

A15

D6

D9

D0

D11

D10

D11

A2

A6

D9

D11

D7

D1

A6

A15

A3

D1

A1

A13

A5

A18

D10

A1

D6

A14

A7

D10

A13

A4

D5

D4

D2

A8

D3

D10

D9

D2

A11

A3

A10

A14

A4

D7D

6

A11

D5

A10

A12D

0

D5

A9

A9

A13

A15

A8

D3

D3

A2

A6

A6

A2

A7

A3

A3

D8

D8

D6

D2

D9

A8

D7

A5

A5

A11

A14

A1

D8

D5

D4

D3

A15

D1

A16

A7

D0

A9

A4

A2

A16

A10

D4

A1

A12

A12

A7

A7

A5

A5

A17

D11

A9

A8

D2

A4

A6

A1

D0

A4

A2

A10

A3

(8-B

2)

(1-B

3)

(4-D

4)

(1-D

3)

(5-C

1)

(7-D

4)

(7-D

4)

(5-A

2)

(7-E

1)

(7-D

1)(7

-D2)

(7-E

1)

(2-B

1)

(2-E

3)

(4-C

1)

(5-A

2)(5

-A2)

(5-A

2)(5

-A2)

(5-A

2)(5

-A2)

(5-A

2)(5

-A2)

(5-A

2)(5

-A2)

(5-A

2)(5

-A2)

(5-A

2)(5

-A2)

(5-A

2)(6

-C4)

(1-B

3)

(5-C

1)

(2-B

4)(5

-C1)

(6-A

4)

(1-D

3)

(1-D

3)

(5-B

1)

(5-B

1)(5

-B1)

(5-B

1)(5

-B1)

(5-B

1)(5

-B1)

(6-C

4)

(6-C

4)

(4-A

3)

(4-A

3)

(4-D

2)

(6-E

3)

(5-C

1)

(5-B

1)(5

-B1)

(5-B

1,7-

E4)

(5-B

1)(5

-A1,

7-C

4)

(3-A

4)

(5-A

1)

(4-D

3)

(1-B

2,5-

A2)

(1-B

1)(1

-A2,

5-A

2)(2

-C4)

(2-C

4)(2

-C4)

(4-D

3)

(4-D

4)

(8-C

3)(8

-C3)

(1-A

2)(1

-B2)

(2-D

2)

(2-E

4)(2

-E3)

(2-E

3)

(3-B

4)(3

-B3)

(4-D

4)

(3-C

1)(3

-C1)

(3-C

1)(3

-C1)

(4-D

4)

(6-C

4)

AN

-GN

D

MC

U 1

(C

PU

SE

CT

ION

)

AR-F152

13 – 1

11

22

33

44

E E

D D

C C

B B

A A

24V

1(D

SW

S)

24V

1

DS

WS

(PS

W2)

(/P

RE

AD

Y)

(PS

H2)

(PS

W2)

(PS

H2)

(/F

RE

AD

Y)

(/P

AG

E)

(PO

FD

)

(SD

OD

)

(MH

PS

)

(TC

S)

MM

LD

DV

S1

(MM

LD)

(MF

D)

(TC

S)

TC

S

DV

SE

L

(MF

D)

(MM

LD)

MF

D

MH

PS

DV

S1

(PS

W1)

(PS

H1)

SIN

4

(PS

H1)

PS

H1

(SD

SW

)

(PM

RD

Y)

(SP

ID)

(SD

SW

)

(SP

ID)

(PO

D)

(PO

D)

(PM

RD

Y)

SB

4D

SP

PD

(SB

4D)

PO

D

PM

RD

Y

(SP

PD

)

(PP

D3)

(PS

W1)

(PP

D1)

(PP

D1)

PS

W2

PS

W1

PP

D1

PP

D3

PS

H2

CE

D2

CE

D1

(SD

OD

)

(CE

D1)

(CE

D2)

(CE

D1)

(CE

D2)

SP

ID

SD

SW

DS

WS

PP

D2

/GD

I-IN

/ME

MO

RY

-IN

RT

H

SE

LIN

3O

SE

LIN

2O

SE

LIN

1O

SE

LIN

3

SE

LIN

2

SE

LIN

1

(SB

4D)

(PP

D2)

(PP

D3)

TH

OP

EN

SIN

3

SIN

1

(PP

D2)

SIN

2

RT

H-I

N

TH

OP

EN

FT

H

24V

1

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

A5V

A5V

5V

5V

5V

5V5V

5V

5V

5V

12V

12V

12V

5V

5V

5V

5V

A5V

5V

1SS

133

D9

4.3K

J1/4

WR

136

DA

204K

D10

2

0.22

J2W

R2

1SS

133

D4

1000

p

C16

5

1KJ2

W

R1

1KJ

R14

9

10K

J

R30

2

0J J

UM

PE

R

J.P

12

10K

J

R30

1

0J J

UM

PE

R

J.P

13

DA

204K

D10

4

10K

J

R18

9

0 765432102G

70MU

XE

N

74H

C15

1

IC10

2

DA

P20

2U

D20

DA

P20

2U

D8

DA

P20

2U

D36

7.5K

J

R12

4

20K

J

R14

8

DA

P20

2U

D37

20K

J

R17

1

10J

R18

4

DA

N20

2U

D31

DA

N20

2U

D33

DA

N20

2U

D22

100p

C28

8

DA

N20

2U

D13

DA

N20

2U

D21

DA

N20

2U

D38

20K

J

R17

2

0.1uC30

3

DA

P20

2U

D7

DA

P20

2U

D19

DA

P20

2U

D2

7.5K

J

R12

3

DA

P20

2U

D30

7.5K

J

R14

6

100p

C27

6

100p

C27

8

DA

N20

2U

D17

DA

N20

2U

D1

DA

N20

2U

D14

DA

P20

2U

D32

DA

N20

2U

D35

20K

J

R14

7

DA

P20

2U

D15

1KJR

277

150J

1/4W

R29

5

20K

J

R27

9

1000

p

C36

2

B3B

-PH

-K-M

CN

31

74H

C14

IC11

3A

1KJ

R27

81K

JR

283

10K

J

R18

1

10K

J

R18

2

1000

p

C38

2

1KJ

BR

20

10K

J

R18

3

20K

J

R18

0

1000

p

C18

5

1000

p

C20

2

1000

p

C18

7

0 765432102G

70MU

XE

N

74H

C15

1

IC10

5

1000

p

C18

6

20K

J

R28

4

DA

204K

D10

7

0.1u

C22

2

33p

C19

7

1KJ

R14

0

20K

J

R14

1 1000

p

C15

0

0 765432102G

70MU

XE

N

74H

C15

1

IC10

4

1KJ

BR

51

1000

p

C38

5

1000

p

C38

8

10K

J

R28

5

20K

J

R29

8

1KJ

BR

71

1000

p

C34

0

10K

J

R27

0

1000

p

C38

4

20K

J

R29

6

1000

p

C38

3

20K

J

R29

7

1000

p

C15

3

1000

p

C15

4

1000

p

C15

6

1000

p

C15

5

7.5K

J

R14

5

1KJ

BR

17

1000

p

C17

6

0.1u

C24

9

DA

204K

D10

5

1KJ

BR

18

0.1u

C15

2

100p

C27

5

100pC27

7

100p

C28

7

0.1u

C22

3

74LS

07

IC10

8A

0 765432102G

70MU

XE

N

74H

C15

1

IC10

3

47J

R23

3

47J

R23

4

47J

R24

2

10K

J

R14

3

0.1u

C31

7

0.1u

C18

0

1000

p

C15

11KJ

R14

2

1000

p

C21

21KJ

R18

8

MA

700

D16

1SS

133

D18

10K

FR

152

1KF

R15

1

0.1u

C25

3

100J

R21

6

300J

R25

2

R193

R194

R195

74LS

07

IC10

8C

74LS

07

IC10

8B

-+

LM35

8

IC10

9A

-+

NJM

2903

IC10

1A

-+

NJM

2903

IC10

1B

33p

C24

1

33p

C20

3

33p

C24

8

10J

R19

9

10J

R18

5

10J

R20

5

4.7K

J

R15

3

1000

p

C18

2

1000

p

C12

0

1000

p

C12

1

0.1u

C25

2

2200

0p

C18

8

1.2K

J

R17

0

1MF

R15

5

10K

J

R17

9

10K

FR17

7

620FR17

8

7.5K

J

R15

4

2200

0p

C19

6

1000

p

C32

7

20K

J

R26

3

21

21

65

121314151234910117

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3 1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

321

21

81234

765

65

121314151234910117

21

65

121314151234910117

81234

765 81234

76581234

765

21

81234

765

21

65

1213141512349101176

5

43

48

123

48

123 48

765

(2-E

3)

(6-A

2,6-

A4)

(6-A

1)

P-G

ND

P-G

ND

(8-C

3)

(8-C

3)

(7-B

1)

(2-E

3)

(2-E

3)

DE

TE

CT

ER

CN

SP

F D

OO

R O

PE

N

(2-E

4)

(2-E

3)

(6-D

2)

(6-B

2)

(6-A

2)

(2-E

4)

(2-E

4)

(7-E

3)

(7-E

1)(7

-E2)

(7-C

2)(1

-D4)

(1-B

2)

(7-C

1)

(7-A

1)

(7-C

1)

(6-D

2)

(6-D

2)

(2-E

3)

(2-C

3)

(2-E

3)

(2-E

3)

(2-E

3)

(2-E

3)

(2-B

2)

(2-B

2)

(2-B

3)

(2-E

3)

(6-D

2)(2

-C1)

(2-B

4)

(2-E

4)

(2-E

3)(6

-C2)

(6-D

3)

(2-E

4)(6

-C1)

(2-E

3)(7

-B1)

(7-A

1)

(2-E

4)(6

-D4)

(6-C

1)

(2-B

4)(2

-B1)

(2-B

3)

(2-B

1)(2

-B4)

(2-B

3)

(2-B

2)

(2-B

3)

(2-B

4)

(2-B

3)(2

-D2)

(2-B

3)

(2-B

4)(2

-E2)

(2-B

1)(2

-B1)

(1-C

4)

(1-C

4)

(1-C

4)

(2-E

3)

(1-D

3)

(4-D

2)

(6-E

1)

(6-D

1)

(6-B

4)

(6-B

4)

(6-B

4)

(1-D

3)

(1-D

3)

(1-D

3)

(2-E

4)

(6-C

1)

(6-C

1)

(1-B

2)

AN

-GN

DA

N-G

ND

1.5K

J*3

AN

-GN

D

INP

UT

PO

RT

SE

LEC

T C

IRC

UIT

TH

ER

MIS

TE

R S

EN

SE

CIR

CU

IT

MC

U 2

(IN

PU

T S

EC

TIO

N)

AR-F152

13 – 2

11

22

33

44

E E

D D

C C

B B

A A

DA

HC

CD

HI

CC

DLO

DA

L

/SM

SE

L

/LD

/VID

EO

PM

CLK

PM

CLK

-A

LED

MH

PS

LED

SP

PD

LED

MF

D

/MR

PS

2

MR

MT

2M

RM

T0

SP

MT

-2

MR

MT

1

MR

MT

-3

SP

MT

-1

MR

MT

3

MR

MT

-0

SP

MT

-3

/MR

PS

1

MR

MT

-2

24V

-mir

SP

MT

-0

MR

MT

-1

LED

PP

D2

LED

PP

D1

LED

PO

D

5V

12V

12V

A5V

5V

24V

24V

5V

5V

-+

LM35

8

IC10

9B

HF

50A

CC

2012

09

L7

HF

50A

CC

2012

09

L8

HF

50A

CC

2012

09

L14

HF

50A

CC

2012

09

L13

HF

50A

CC

2012

09

L15

0.1u

C35

8

2200

p

C34

310

KF

R27

3

10K

F

R27

4

2.4K

J

R26

8

2.4K

J

R26

7

100J

R24

8

2200

p

C34

2

100p

C23

6

100p

C23

5

SLA

7027

MU

IC12

74V

HC

08

IC11

1C

2200

0p

C34

4

0.1uC

345

2MJ

R26

52MJ

R26

6

-+N

JM34

14A

IC11

0B

0.1u

C37

9

-+N

JM34

14A

IC11

0A

10u

16V

C15

0.1u

C26

374

LS07

IC10

6C

150J

1/4W

R27

5

150J

1/4W

R29

4

150J

1/4W

R15

0

620J

R23

5

RS

B-2

4R

Y1

C30

5

C31

6

470p

C29

8

C30

4

C33

11J

2W

R5

47K

JR

255

ICP

-N38

(R

OH

M)

CP

2

C32

2

47u

25V

C14

2200

p

C34

1

C35

5

1J 2

W

R4

RS

B-2

4R

Y2

C29

0

47K

JR

254

750J

R25

6

300J

R23

6

470p

C29

7

47u

35V

C16

C28

9

220J

1/4W

R15

6

150J

1/4W

R16

9

150J

1/4W

R26

9

48

765

18O

UT

B

17IN

B

16IN

/B15

GB

14R

EF

B

13T

DB

12V

SB

11O

UT

/B10

RS

B

9R

SA

8O

UT

A

7V

SA

6IN

A

5IN

/A

4G

A

3R

EF

A

2T

DA

1O

UT

/A

8109

48

765

48

123

65

(6-D

4)

AN

-GN

D

(4-D

3)

(6-A

1)

(7-A

1)

(7-B

1)

(7-B

1)

(6-A

1)

(6-A

1)

(7-A

1)

(6-A

1)

(6-A

1,7-

B1)

(4-D

2)(4

-D2)

(1-C

4)(1

-C4)

(1-C

4)(1

-C4)

(6-C

2)

(7-B

1)

(6-B

2)

(6-D

1)

(6-D

2)

(6-C

1)

(6-E

3)

(6-E

3)

(1-C

4)

(1-C

4)

(6-D

4)(5

-B4)

(1-D

2)

AN

-GN

D

AN

-GN

D

AN

-GN

D

P-G

ND

16

913

9

1000

pF*8

1

6

46

16

8

13

8

1

11

4

11

MC

U 3

(O

UT

PU

T S

EC

TIO

N 1

)

AR-F152

13 – 3

11

22

33

44

E E

D D

C C

B B

A A

DM

T3

TM

ON

24V

dup

/DM

T2

/DM

T3

/DM

T1

/DM

T0

DM

T2

DM

T0

DM

T1

/BIA

SH

/TC

/GR

IDL

BIA

SH

TC

GR

IDL

/SG

SS

GS

/SP

FS

SP

FS

/SR

RC

SR

RC

(OP

-DA

TA

)

(OP

-CLK

)

OP

-DA

TA

OP

-CLK

TM

-T

Ma-

O

TM

b-O

TM

VF

MO

UT

BIA

S

SP

US

CL

VF

M

MP

FS

BIA

SL

CP

FS

1

VF

MC

NT

MC

CP

FS

2

SM

SE

L

/LD

EN

/PM

D/M

RP

S2

/MR

PS

1/M

M

/PR

HLO

UT

/RR

S

/SP

US

/SM

SE

L

/MC

/BIA

SL

/BIA

S

/CL

/VF

MC

NT

/MP

FS

/CP

FS

2/C

PF

S1

FT

HH

LLD

EN

PM

DM

RP

S2

MR

PS

1M

M

PR

RR

S

5V

5V

5V

24V

24V

5V

24V

5V

24V

24V

2.2K

JR

225

TD

6206

4F/A

F

IC11

2.2K

JR

226

2.2K

JR

230

2.2K

JR

227

74V

HC

08

IC11

1B

2SA

1036

K

Q10

3

2SA

1036

K

Q10

2

2SD

1853

Q1

TD

6206

4AF

IC13

DT

C11

4EK

A

Q10

1

MT

ZJ2

2B

D23

74H

C14

IC11

3D

74H

C14

IC11

3B

2.2K

JR

251

2.2K

JR

250

2.2K

JR

262

2.2K

JR

261

+

0.47

u 50

V

C4

2200

p

C11

5

4.7K

J1/4

W

R12

2

1SS

133

D12

1SS

133

D34

1SS

133

D3

+

10u

35V

C7

1.5K

J

R28

1

74LS

07IC

108D

74LS

07

IC10

8E

4.7K

JR

104

47K

J

R10

3

2200

0pC

128

TA

7291

S

IC1

47K

J

R13

3

47K

J

R12

6

4.7K

J1/4

W

R13

5

47K

J

R13

4

TD

6200

3

IC2

TD

6200

3

IC3

120J

1/4W

R19

2

DT

A14

3XK

A

Q10

4

TD

6250

3F

IC8

GN

DG

ND

13N

C

15N

C

8C

OM

1C

OM

16O

4

9O

3

7O

2

2O

1

12N

C

10N

C

5N

C

4N

C

14I4

11I3

6I2

3I1

654

C1E1

B1

C1

E1

B1

2 1

3

GN

DG

ND

13N

C

15N

C

8C

OM

1C

OM

16O

4

9O

3

7O

2

2O

1

12N

C

10N

C

5N

C

4N

C

14I4

11I3

6I2

3I1

3

2

1

89

43

89

1011

6V

CC

1

8V

CC

2

7O

UT

1

3O

UT

25

VS

S

1IN

2

9IN

1

2V

DD

9C

M

10O

7

11O

6

12O

5

13O

4

14O

3

15O

2

16O

1

8G

ND

7I7

6I6

5I5

4I4

3I3

2I2

1I1

9C

M

10O

7

11O

6

12O

5

13O

4

14O

3

15O

2

16O

1

8G

ND

7I7

6I6

5I5

4I4

3I3

2I2

1I1

1

2

3

9N

C

10O

7

11O

6

12O

5

13O

4

14O

3

15O

2

16O

1

8G

7I7

6I6

5I5

4I4

3I3

2I2

1I1

/HL

/VF

M

/FT

H

(6-D

4)(6

-D4)

(3-B

1)(3

-B1)

(6-A

2)

(2-D

3)(1

-D2)

(5-A

2)(5

-A2)

(5-A

3)(5

-A3)

(5-A

2)

(6-B

3)

(6-A

4)

(5-A

2)(6

-A4)

(6-B

4)(6

-B4)

(6-B

4)(6

-A4)

(6-A

4)

(5-A

2)(5

-A3)

(5-A

2)(5

-A2)

(5-A

2)(5

-A2)

(6-B

3)

(6-B

3)(6

-B4)

(6-B

3)

(7-A

2)

(6-B

2)(6

-C3)

(6-B

2)

(7-A

2)

(7-A

2)

(7-A

2)

(7-B

1)

(7-B

1)

(7-B

1)

(3-E

1)

(5-A

3)

(5-A

3)

(5-A

3)

(5-A

3)

(1-D

3)(5

-A2)

(5-A

2)(1

-D3)

(5-A

2)(5

-A2)

(5-A

2)

(1-C

4)

(1-C

4)

(1-C

4)

(1-C

4)

(6-A

3)

(6-A

3)(5

-A2)

(1-C

1)(5

-A2)

(6-C

4)

(6-C

4)

(7-B

1)

(1-D

1)

(1-D

1)

(5-A

3)

P-G

ND

MC

U 4

(O

UT

PU

T S

EC

TIO

N 2

)

AR-F152

13 – 4

11

22

33

44

E E

D D

C C

B B

A A

/128

4-E

N

US

B-O

N

/US

B-E

N

/RE

AD

Y

/SCANSP

/HS

YN

C

OU

TD

11

/FA

XA

CK

OU

TD

2O

UT

D1

OU

TD

12

OU

TD

10

OU

TD

5

OU

TD

9

OU

TD

15

OU

TD

7

/PC

LRE

Q

OU

TD

3

OU

TD

8

/PC

LPR

D

OU

TD

4

OU

TD

6

OU

TD

14O

UT

D13

OU

TD

0

/PC

LAC

K

/FA

XC

S

/FA

XR

EQ

/FA

XP

RD

/PC

LCS

BU

SY

/AC

K

CP

FS

1

TM

-

D10

TMCLK

MP

FS

D13

SM

SE

L

BIA

SL D3

D1

MAD4

/OEP

MD

/PRSTART

MC

D6

/SC

AN

ST

BIA

S

D11

A5

A1

MAD6

VF

M

D12

/TMEN

MAD9

GR

IDL

D15 D

2

A6

CL

MAD1

MR

PS

2 D4

/CPUSYNC

MAD7

/WE

TC

TM

D8

A4

CP

FS

2 D9

/CS2

MAD0

MAD11

BIA

SH

D14

MAD3

MM

D0

A7

MAD8

LDE

N

MR

PS

1 D5

MAD2

MAD10

VF

MC

NT D7

A3A2

MAD5

MDATA15MDATA14MDATA13MDATA12MDATA11MDATA10MDATA9MDATA8MDATA7

MDATA6MDATA5

MDATA4MDATA3MDATA2MDATA1MDATA0

PA

RA

AD

0P

AR

AA

D1

PA

RA

AD

2P

AR

AA

D3

PA

RA

AD

4P

AR

AA

D5

PA

RA

AD

6P

AR

AA

D7

SP

FS

SG

SS

RR

CS

PU

S

/ASICINT

SW

E[0

]

SC

S[0

]

SO

E[0

]

SC

S[1

]

SO

E[1

]

SW

E[1

]

OP

-LA

TC

H

S/H

/LD

CCDD7

CCDD4

SP

BCLK

/f2

CP

RS

CCDD3

/f1

/SH

CCDD0

CCDD6

CCDD1CCDD2

CCDD5

SCS[0]

SOE[1]

SWE[0]SOE[0]SCS[1]SWE[1]

/SYNC

PE

/CAS1

/RE

V

/SLC

TIN

/FA

ULT

/ST

B/A

UT

OF

D

SLC

T

INIT

CP

UC

LK

/LW

R/R

D

/RESET

/CAS0

/RAS0/RAS1/RAS2

5V

5V 5V5V

5V

5V

5V

3.3V

5V

20K

J

BR

53

2KJ

R24

3

0.1u

C28

4

W24

257A

J-12

IC14

100p

C29

2

0.1u

C39

6

W24

257A

J-12

IC15

0.1u

C22

9

74H

C14

IC11

3C

0.1u

C24

3

0.1u

C25

80.

1u

C39

80.

1u

C22

8

0.1u

C40

7

0.1u

C40

6

0.1u

C40

8

47J

BR

59

0.1u

C27

0

0.1u

C25

7

0.1u

C26

0

10J

R21

1

10J

R21

2

0.1u

C26

40.

1u

C28

5

SB

O-0

2SA

N

L5

0.1u

C25

0

0.1u

C27

1

0.1u

C28

6

SB

O-0

2SA

NL9

VH

IHG

73C

025F

D

0.1u

C33

9

0.1u

C39

7

0.1u

C39

5

0.1u

C28

2

18p

C32

6

20K

JB

R44

10K

J

R21

9

0.1u

C25

9

18p

C33

4

18p

C19

2

18p

C19

1

10u

16V

C12

20K

JB

R19

10J

R20

4

20K

JB

R8

20KJR191 10

0p

C21

7

30J

BR

69

10J

BR

15

10J

BR

31

10J

R17

4

10J

R15

7

10J

R15

9

10J

R16

1

10J

R16

0

10J

R16

6

10J

R17

3

10J

R17

6

10J

R16

5

10J

R16

7

10J

R16

8

10J

R15

8

10J

R16

2

10J

R16

3

10J

R17

5

10J

R16

4

20K

JB

R3

20K

JB

R2

20K

JR

190

20K

JB

R1

18p

C18

9

18p

C21

8

20K

JB

R33

47J

BR

30

47J

BR

29

20KJR241

20K

JR

209

20K

JR

220

20K

JR

238

20K

JR

237

20K

JB

R53

10J

BR

3220

KJ

BR

46

10J

R21

0

100p

C29

1

20K

J

BR

63

47J

BR

54

100p

C17

920

KJ

BR

9

20K

J

BR

13

20K

J

BR

12

20K

J

BR

11

20K

J

BR

10

20K

J

BR

70

20K

J

BR

72

20K

J

BR

73

20K

J

BR

68

47J

BR

60

47J

BR

6747

JB

R66

47JR24547JR246

47J

BR

57

47J

BR

65

47J

BR

58

47J

BR

61

20K

J

BR

62

20K

JB

R45

20K

JB

R35

20K

JB

R50

10J

R22

1

100p

C24

7

100p

C24

6

100p

C24

5

100p

C24

4

10J

BR

34

10J

BR

16

10J

BR

14

20K

J

BR

7

20K

J

BR

6

20K

J

BR

5

20K

J

BR

4

1KJR196

47p

C28

0

100p

C28

1

0.1u

C33

7

0.1u

C33

5

10J

BR

64

/SDCLK

18p

C22

018

p

C21

9

VC

K

1KJR197

10J

BR

55

10JR244

30J

BR

56

74LS

07

IC10

6A

10J

BR

7410J

BR

75

18p

C22

1

18p

C19

0

47p

C23

8

47p

C23

9

18p

C32

4

18p

C32

5

18p

C33

3

18p

C33

2

47p

C27

2

SB

O-0

2SA

N

L6

33p

C23

7

12p

C26

1

47J

R22

2

10J

R23

1

33p

C27

4

47J

R25

3

12p

C29

9

100p

C24

0

10u

16V

C13

<13

29>

13.

9867

MH

z X

2

<13

30>

22.

000M

Hz

X3

0.1u

C33

6

SB

O-0

2SA

N

L11

SB

O-0

2SA

N

L12

100p

C29

5

33p

C37

0

33p

C36

8

33p

C34

9

33p

C34

7

33p

C36

9

33p

C36

7

33p

C34

8

33p

C34

6

20K

J

R19

8

74LS

07

IC10

6B

2200

0p

C32

0

0.1u

C31

9

2200

0p

C30

2

0.1u

C30

1

0.1u

C27

3M

6623

6FP

IC10

7

15I/O

4

16I/O

5

17I/O

6

18I/O

7

19I/O

8

20/C

E

21A

10

22/O

E

23A

11

25A

824

A9

26A

13

27/W

E

28V

DD

14G

ND

13I/O

3

12I/O

2

11I/O

1

10A

0

9A

1

8A

2

7A

3

6A

4

5A

5

4A

6

3A

7

2A

12

1A

14

15I/O

4

16I/O

5

17I/O

6

18I/O

7

19I/O

8

20/C

E

21A

10

22/O

E

23A

11

25A

824

A9

26A

13

27/W

E

28V

DD

14G

ND

13I/O

3

12I/O

2

11I/O

1

10A

0

9A

1

8A

2

7A

3

6A

4

5A

5

4A

6

3A

7

2A

12

1A

14

65

6464636362626161606059595858575756565555545453535252515150504949484847474646454544444343424241414040393938383737363635353434333332323131303029292828272726262525242423232222212120201919181817171616151514141313121211111010998877665544332211

128

128

127

127

126

126

125

125

124

124

123

123

122

122

121

121

120

120

119

119

118

118

117

117

116

116

115

115

114

114

113

113

112

112

111

111

110

110

109

109

108

108

107

107

106

106

105

105

104

104

103

103

102

102

101

101

100

100

9999

9898

9797

9696

9595

9494

9393

9292

9191

9090

8989

8888

8787

8686

8585

8484

8383

8282

8181

8080

7979

7878

7777

7676

7575

7474

7373

7272

7171

7070

6969

6868

6767

6666

6565

192 192

256

256

191 191

255

255

190 190

254

254

189 189

253

253

188 188

252

252

187 187

251

251

186 186

250

250

185 185

249

249

184 184

248

248

183 183

247

247

182 182

246

246

181 181

245

245

180 180

244

244

179 179

243

243

178 178

242

242

177 177

241

241

176 176

240

240

175 175

239

239

174 174

238

238

173 173

237

237

172 172

236

236

171 171

235

235

170 170

234

234

169 169

233

233

168 168

232

232

167 167

231

231

166 166

230

230

165 165

229

229

164 164

228

228

163 163

227

227

162 162

226

226

161 161

225

225

160 160

224

224

159 159

223

223

158 158

222

222

157 157

221

221

156 156

220

220

155 155

219

219

154 154

218

218

153 153

217

217

152 152

216

216

151 151

215

215

150 150

214

214

149 149

213

213

148 148

212

212

147 147

211

211

146 146

210

210

145 145

209

209

144 144

208

208

143 143

207

207

142 142

206

206

141 141

205

205

140 140

204

204

139 139

203

203

138 138

202

202

137 137

201

201

136 136

200

200

135 135

199

199

134 134

198

198

133 133

197

197

132 132

196

196

131 131

195

195

130 130

194

194

129 129

193

193

567

432

4321

5678

1

234

8

765

56

78

43

21

21

4 3 2 1

5 6 7 8

4 3 2 1

5 6 7 8

5O

UT

4GND8

Vcc

5O

UT

4GND

8V

cc

43

16V

cc

4P

ULS

E

12V

cc

11C

KO

10-C

KO

9C

NT

CK

14G

ND

8G

ND

7C

KO

/2

6-C

KO

/2

5G

ND

13T

R

15T

ES

T3

3T

ES

T2

2T

ES

T1

1C

LK IN

SA

D13

SAD13

SA

D8

SAD8

SA

D8

SA

D13

SD10

SAD0SAD1SAD2SAD3SAD4SAD5SAD6SAD7

SAD9SAD10SAD11SAD12

SD

15

SD15

SD02

SD

00

SD

14

SA

D0

SD

05

SA

D5

SA

D7

SA

D6

SA

D3

SA

D0

SA

D9

SA

D10

SD

04

SA

D4

SD

03

SA

D1

SD

10S

D01

SD

07

SA

D10

SA

D11

SA

D11

SA

D2

SA

D12

SD

02

SA

D1

SA

D6

SA

D2

SA

D12

SD

06

SD

12

SD

17

SA

D3

SD

13

SD

16

SA

D9

SD

11

SA

D5

SA

D7

SA

D4

SD07SD06SD05SD04

SD03

SD01SD00

SD17SD16

SD14

SD13SD12SD11

(8-B

2)

(8-B

2)

(8-B

2)

(8-B

2)

(8-B

2)(8

-B2)

(8-B

2)(8

-B2)

(8-B

2)(8

-B2)

(8-B

2)(8

-B2)

(8-B

2)

(8-B

2)(8

-B2)

(8-B

2)(8

-B2)

(8-B

2)(8

-B2)

(8-B

2)

(4-D

3)

(7-D

3)(7

-D3)

(7-D

3)(7

-D3)

(7-D

3)(7

-D3)

(7-D

3)

(6-D1)

(6-E1)

(1-A

3)(1

-A3)

(1-A

3)

(7-E

4)

(1-D

2)

(7-D

3)

(7-C

3)

(7-D

3)

(7-D

3)

(7-D

4)

(7-D

3)

(7-D

3)

(7-C

3)

(7-C

3)

(7-D

4)

(7-D

4)

(7-D

4)

(7-D

3)

(7-C

4)

(7-C

4)

(7-C

4)

(7-C

4)

(1-A

3)

(6-D1)(6-E1)

(6-D1)

(6-E1)(6-E1)

(6-E1)

(6-E1)(6-E1)

(6-E1)

(6-E1)

(6-E2)(6-E2)(6-E2)

(6-E2)

(6-E2)

(6-E1)

(6-E1)

(6-D2)(6-D2)

(6-E1)

(6-D2)(6-D2)(6-D2)

(6-D1)

(6-D1)(6-D1)(6-D1)(6-D1)(6-D1)(6-D1)(6-D1)(6-D1)(6-D1)

(1-E1)(1-B2)

(1-C4)

(1-A3)(1-A3)

(1-B2)

(1-A3)(1-A3)(1-A3)

(1-D2)

(1-A2)(1-A2)

(1-D2)(1-D2)(1-D2)

(6-D4)

(6-E4)

(6-E4)(6-E4)(6-E4)(6-E4)(6-E4)(6-E4)(6-E4)

(8-A2)(8-A2)

(8-B2)(8-B2)

(8-C2)(8-C3)(8-C3)

(5-D4)(5-D4)(5-D4)(5-E4)(5-E4)(5-E4)

(8-B

2)

(5-C

4)

(5-C

4)(5

-C4)

(5-C

4)

(5-C

4)(5

-C4)

(6-C

3)

(1-A

4)

(1-D

3)(1

-D3)

(1-D

3)

(1-A

4)

(1-A

4)

(1-A

4)(1

-A4)

(1-A

4)

(1-A

3)(1

-A3)

(1-A

3)(1

-A3)

(1-A

3)

(1-A

3)(4

-A1)

(4-A

1)(4

-D3)

(4-D

3)

(4-D

3)(4

-D2)

(4-D

2)(4

-D2)

(4-D

3)(4

-D3)

(4-D

2)(4

-D2)

(4-D

2)(4

-D2)

(4-D

2)

(4-D

2)

(4-D

3)

(4-D

2)

(4-D

3)(4

-A4)

(4-D

2)(4

-D2)

(4-D

3)

(6-D

4)

(3-A

3)

Oth

er S

ectio

n is

5V

PU

LL U

P

Thi

s S

ectio

n is

3.3

V P

ULL

UP

MC

U 5

(A

SIC

SE

CT

ION

)

AR-F152

13 – 5

11

22

33

44

E E

D D

C C

B B

A A

/MC

24V

1

PS

W2

PS

H2

/BIA

SH

SE

LIN

2OS

ELI

N1O

PP

D3

SC

LS

DA

/RS

T

/CL

MM

LD

24V

1

/MM

PM

RD

Y

MR

MT

-0

MR

MT

-2M

RM

T-3

MR

MT

-1/BIA

S/B

IAS

L

HLO

UT

/TC

FW

/PR

/GR

IDL

OP

-LA

TC

HO

P-C

LK

OP

-DA

TA

KIN

2K

IN1

PS

W

DR

ST

SE

LIN

3O

5V1(

DS

WS

)

5V1(

DS

WS

)

CE

D2

/CP

FS

2

CE

D1

/MP

FS

LED

MF

D

RT

H-I

N

PP

D2

LED

PP

D2

/SY

NC

/VID

EO

/PM

DP

MC

LK-A

/LD

EN

S/H

24V

-mir

MH

PS

LED

MH

PS

TM

b-O

TM

a-O

MF

D

/CP

FS

1

PP

D1

LED

PP

D1

PO

D

/RR

S

LED

PO

D

VF

MO

UT

/VF

MC

NT

24V

1(D

SW

S)

12V

3.3V

5V

24V

5V

24V

24V

24V

5V

24V

24V

24V

24V

5V

ELK

TL1

6

ELK

TL1

9E

LKT

L17

B28

B-P

HD

SS

-B

CN

3

1N40

05

D11

100u

16V

C8

0.1u

50V

C11

6

SB

O-0

2SA

N

L18

0.1u

C10

7

0.1u

C14

9

DA

N20

2U

D24

1000

p

C14

8

240J

1/4WR

102

22u

16V

C6

1000

p

C19

3

1000

p

C37

4

0.1u

C13

3

100J

R27

6

1000

p

C16

2

B5B

-PH

-K-R

CN

12

1000

p

C14

5

HF

50A

CC

2012

09

L10

1000

p

C30

8

1000

p

C36

3

1000

p

C12

9

0.1u

C13

0

1000

p

C13

8

1000

p

C14

7

0.1u

C16

4

B5B

-PH

-K-M

CN

13

1SS

133

D25

0.1u

C12

7

0.1u

C10

1

2200

0p

C16

6

5214

7-05

10

CN

28

B4B

-PH

-K-S

CN

11

240J

1/4W

R10

1

B18

B-P

HD

SS

-B

CN

23

B6B

-PH

-K-R

CN

29

B3B

-PH

-K-K

CN

1

B14

B-P

HD

SS

-B

CN

604

FE

-BT

-VK

-N

CN

25

08F

E-B

T-V

K-N

CN

18

18F

E-B

T-V

K-N

CN

20

B4P

-VH

CN

4

22u

35V

C1

B3B

-PH

-K-R

CN

14

B3B

-PH

-K-S

CN

27

B3B

-PH

-K-S

CN

22

B2P

-VH

CN

9

B3B

-PH

-K-S

CN

7

B5B

-PH

-K-S

CN

21

2827

2624222018161412108642

252321191715131197531

1

2

3

54321

54321

54321

4321

18161412108642

1715131197531

654321

321

1412108642

131197531

4321

87654321

181716151413121110987654321

4321

321

321

321

21

321

54321

(4-D

2)

(2-E

2)

(2-A

3)(2

-A3)

D-G

ND

(1-E

3)

P-G

ND

D-G

ND

(3-E

2)

D-G

ND

(1-E

3)

(1-E

1)C

HE

CK

ER

CN

(3-E

2)

(3-E

2)(3

-E1)

PO

WE

R P

WB

CN

CL

UN

IT C

N

(4-D

2)

P-G

ND

P-G

ND

MA

IN M

OT

OR

CN

(4-D

2)(2

-A4)

(2-E

2)

(2-D

4)

(4-D

2)

(4-A

3)

(6-A

1)

(6-D

4)

(5-B

4)

(6-A

3)

(4-E

2)

(4-D

2) (4-D

2)

(4-D

2)(4

-D2)

(4-D

2)(4

-D2)

(4-D

3)

(4-D

3)

(4-E

3)

(4-D

3)

(4-D

3)

(4-D

3)

(4-D

4)

(4-B

1)

(4-B

1)

(4-A

3)(6

-A3)

(3-E

1)

(3-E

3)

(3-E

3)

(3-E

4)

(3-E

4)

(3-E

4)

(3-A

3)

(3-A

4)

(2-D

1)

(2-D

4)(2

-D4)

(2-C

2)

(2-A

4)

(2-A

3)

(2-A

3)

(2-A

1)

(2-A

4)

(2-A

1)

(2-A

3)

(2-A

3)

(2-A

3)

(1-B

4)

(1-D

1)(1

-D1)

(1-B

4)

(1-B

1)

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

P-G

ND

D-G

ND

AN

-GN

D

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

P-G

ND

OP

E P

AN

EL

CN

CS

S2

CN

CE

D1

CN

TM

CN

MA

NU

AL

FE

ED

CN

PP

D2

CN

LSU

UN

IT C

N

MIR

RO

R M

OT

OR

CN

P-G

ND

D-G

ND

RR

S C

N

MH

PS

UN

IT C

N PP

D1

CN

CP

FS

1 C

N

PO

D U

NIT

CN

DS

W U

NIT

CNV

FM

UN

IT C

N

MC

U 6

(C

ON

NE

CTO

R S

EC

TIO

N/P

OW

ER

SE

CT

ION

)

AR-F152

13 – 6

11

22

33

44

E E

D D

C C

B B

A A

(PO

FD

)

PS

W1

24V

dup

/PA

GE

(/P

AG

E)

(/F

RT

S)

/FR

TS

(FR

XD

)F

RX

D

/FC

TS

(/F

CT

S)

/FR

EA

DY

(/F

RE

AD

Y)

FT

XD

/PR

EA

DY

(/P

RE

AD

Y)

(FT

XD

)

OU

TD

6

OU

TD

1

OU

TD

13

/PC

LPR

D

/F-R

ES

ET

/FA

XC

S

OU

TD

8O

UT

D11

/PC

LAC

K

/PA

GE

OU

TD

10

OU

TD

5

/PC

LRE

Q

OU

TD

0

/FA

XP

RD

/PR

EA

DY

OU

TD

3

/FR

EA

DY

OU

TD

12O

UT

D15

OU

TD

2

/FA

XA

CK

OU

TD

14

OU

TD

9

/HS

YN

C

/FA

XR

EQ

/PC

LCS

OU

TD

4O

UT

D7

FT

XD

/FC

TS

FR

XD

/SC

AN

ST

/RE

AD

Y

/PO

FF

/PR

ST

AR

T

/FR

TS

SB

4D

24V

1

24V

-mir

SP

MT

-2S

PM

T-1

SP

ID

SP

MT

-0S

PM

T-3

/SG

S/S

RR

C

/SP

US

/SP

FS

LED

SP

PD

SD

SW

SP

PD

/DM

T3

/DM

T1

/DM

T0

/DM

T2

5V

5V

5V

5V5V

5V5V5V

12V

3.3V

5V

24V

5V

1KJ

R25

920

KJ

R26

4

B3B

-PH

-K-M

CN

10

20K

J

R11

3

ICP

-N38

(R

OH

M)

CP

1

0.1u

C13

7

0.1u

C13

5

0.1u

C13

4

B05

B-X

AS

K-1

CN

19

18p

C10

8

10J

R10

6

18p

C11

4

10J

R11

220

KJ

R11

9 18p

C11

2

10J

R11

020

KJ

R11

7

18p

C11

3

10J

R11

120

KJ

R11

8

18p

C10

9

10J

R10

720

KJ

R11

4 18p

C11

1

10J

R10

920

KJ

R11

618p

C11

0

10J

R10

820

KJ

R11

5

TX

25-6

0P-2

3ST

-H1

CN

5

SB

O-0

2SA

NL1

18p

C14

1

0.1u

C11

8

47u

25V

C3

0.1u

C11

9

47u

16VC5

0.1u

C11

7

SB

O-0

2SA

NL2

SB

O-0

2SA

NL3

47u

16V

C2

18p

C14

3

10J

R13

2

18p

C14

0

10J

R13

010

JR

128

10J

R13

1

18p

C14

2

B24

B-P

HD

SS

-B

CN

26

321

54321

605958575655545352515049484746454443424140393837363534333231

302928272625242322212019181615 171413121110987654321

24222018161412108642

2321191715131197531

/FR

TS

OU

TD

1

OU

TD

11

/FR

EA

DY

OU

TD

12

OU

TD

0

/FA

XP

RD

/PR

EA

DY

OU

TD

7O

UT

D8

OU

TD

10

FR

XD

/PC

LCS

/FA

XR

EQ

/FA

XA

CK

F-R

ES

ET

/PC

LRE

Q

/HS

YN

C

/PR

LIN

E

/PC

LAC

K

OU

TD

6

OU

TD

13

/FA

XC

S

/FC

TS

FT

XD

OU

TD

15

/PO

FF

OU

TD

4

/PC

LPR

D

OU

TD

3

OU

TD

9

/FP

AG

E

OU

TD

2

OU

TD

14

OU

TD

5

/SC

LIN

E

/RE

AD

Y

(2-E

2)

(2-A

2)

(1-D

2)

(5-E

1)(5

-E1)

(5-E

1)

(7-E

2)

(3-E

2)

(1-D

4)

(1-E

1)(1

-C1)

(5-A

3)

(7-C

4)

(7-E

4)(7

-C4)

(7-E

2)

(7-D

4)

(7-D

1)

(7-C

4)

(7-E

1)

(7-E

4)

(7-E

1)

(7-E

1)(7

-E2)

(5-E

2)

(5-E

2)(5

-E2)

(5-E

2)(5

-E2)

(5-E

2)(5

-E2)

(5-E

2)(5

-E2)

(5-E

2)(5

-E2)

(5-E

2)(5

-E2)

(5-E

2)(5

-E2)

(5-E

1)

(5-E

2)(5

-E2)

(5-E

2)(5

-E2)

(5-E

2)(5

-E2)

(2-E

2)

(2-E

3)

(2-E

2)

(1-D

2)

(1-D

1)

(1-D

1)

(1-D

1)

(7-C

4,7-

D4)

PC

L/F

AX

CN

(2-A

1)

(2-A

1)

(2-A

2)(3

-E3)

(4-D

3)

(4-D

3)(4

-D3)

(3-E

2)(3

-E1)

(4-A

4)

(2-A

1)

(3-E

2)(3

-E1)

(4-D

4)

(4-D

4)(4

-D4)

(4-D

4)

SP

F U

NIT

CN

D-G

ND

MC

U 7

(C

ON

NE

CTO

R S

EC

TIO

N 2

)

AR-F152

13 – 7

11

22

33

44

E E

D D

C C

B B

A A

SC

LS

DA

CC

DH

I

CC

DD

2

CC

DD

5

CC

DD

1

CC

DLO

CC

DD

4

CC

DD

6

CC

DD

0

CC

DD

3

CC

DD

7

BC

LK CP SP

RS

/SH

/f2 /f1

US

B-I

N

/128

4-E

NU

SB

-ON

/US

B-E

N

/GD

I-IN

/AC

K

PA

RA

AD

5

SLC

T

PA

RA

AD

6P

AR

AA

D7 /ST

B

PA

RA

AD

1

/RE

V

PA

RA

AD

3

PA

RA

AD

0 INIT

BU

SY

/SLC

TIN

/AU

TO

FD P

E/F

AU

LT

PA

RA

AD

2

PA

RA

AD

4

/WE

/RA

S0

MD

AT

A4

MA

D2

MD

AT

A9

MA

D7

/ME

MO

RY

-IN

MD

AT

A14

/CA

S0

MD

AT

A2

MA

D0

MD

AT

A7

MA

D5

MD

AT

A12

MA

D10

MD

AT

A0

/OE

/RA

S2

MD

AT

A5

MA

D3

MD

AT

A10

MA

D9

MD

AT

A15

/CA

S1

MD

AT

A3

MA

D1

MD

AT

A8

MA

D6

MD

AT

A13

MA

D8

MD

AT

A1

/RA

S1

MD

AT

A6

MA

D4

MD

AT

A11

MA

D11

TC

SD

VS

EL

DV

SE

LT

CS

12V

5VA

5V

3.3V

5V

3.3V

5V

5V24

V24

V

300J

R30

5

300J

R30

4

DA

204K

D11

0D

A20

4KD

109

FF

4-32

-S15

D3

CN

30

0.1u

C37

6

0.1u

C36

5

10u

25V

C18

0.1u

C36

610u

25V

C19

0.1u

C38

6

47u

16V

C17

0.1u

C36

40.

1u

C37

7

0.1u

C37

8

5.1K

J

R28

6

31F

T-B

T-V

K-N

CN

15

5234

0-04

01

CN

16

B10

-PH

DS

S-B

CN

17

B4B

-PH

-K-R

CN

17

21

21

3232

3131

3030

2929

2828

2727

2626

2525

2424

2323

2222

2121

2020

1919

1818

1717

1616

1515

1414

1313

1212

1111

1010

99

88

77

66

55

44

33

22

11 31302928272625242322212019181716151413121110987654321

4039383736353433323130292827262524232221

2019181716151413121110987654321

108642

97531

4321

(5-C

4)

(5-C

4)

(5-C

4)

(5-C

4)

(5-C

4)

(5-C

4)

(1-E

3)

(5-C

4)

(5-C

4)(5

-C4)

(5-B

4)(5

-B4)

(5-B

4)(5

-B4)

(5-C

4)

(5-B

4)

CC

D P

WB

CN

(3-C

3)(3

-C4)

AN

-GN

D

(5-A

3)

(5-A

3)

(1-B

1)(5

-A3)

(5-D

3)

(5-D

2)

(5-D

3)

(5-D

3)(2

-D3)

(5-D

2)

(5-D

3)

(5-D

3)

(5-D

2)

(5-D

3)

(5-D

2)(5

-D3)

(5-D

3)

(5-D

2)

(5-D

3)

(5-D

3)

(5-D

2)

(5-D

2)

(5-D

2)

GD

I/US

B C

N

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)

(2-D

3)

(5-C

1)

(5-D

1)(5

-D1)

(5-C

1)

GD

I ME

MO

RY

CN

(1-E

3)(2

-A4)

(2-A

4)

D-G

ND

(2-A

4)(2

-A4)

D-G

ND

DV

UN

IT C

N

MC

U 8

(C

ON

NE

CTO

R S

EC

TIO

N 3

)

AR-F152

13 – 8

2

AR-F152

13 – 9

AR-F152

13 – 10

AR-F152

13 – 11

AR-F152

13 – 12

AR-F152

13 – 13

AR-F152

13 – 14

AR-F152

13 – 15

AR-F152

13 – 16

AR-F152

13 – 17

AR-F152

13 – 18

11

22

33

44

E E

D D

C C

B B

A A

5.2V

5V

5V

5.2V

5V

5V

5V

5V

Jum

per

J746

C-L

CD

IC70

2

20K

JR

737

N,M

R75

1

N,M

R75

5

N,M

C71

9

CN

701-

3S

OD

N,M

C71

3

DT

A14

3EK

A

Q70

1

HD

4043

44

IC70

1

0.1u

C71

8

20K

J

R71

5

1KJ

R72

4

0.1u

C71

6

D70

3

N,M

C70

8

0.1u

C71

7

D70

2

2KJ

R75

2

0.1u

C71

210

KJ

VR

701

1KJ

R74

1

CN

701-

2V

CC

0.1u

C71

5

CN

701-

7D

-GN

D

0.1u

C71

4

4.00

MH

z

Y70

1

20K

J

R73

6

470p

FC

7071K

JR

725

CN

701-

4S

ID

20K

JR

748

510J

0.5

WR

731

100J

R75

0

N,M

R75

4 1KJ

R74

2

1KJ

R74

0

CN

701-

6/P

AN

EL

RE

SE

T

470p

FC

706

470p

FC

705

NJM

431U

IC70

3

+22

U/1

6VC

702

0.1u

C70

4

20K

JR

749

CN

701-

1A

12V

0.1u

C70

1

+

22U

/16V

C70

3

1KJ

R71

9

1KJ

R72

21K

JR

721

1KJ

R72

0

1KJ

R71

6

1KJ

R72

3

1KJ

R71

81K

JR

717

20K

J

R70

6

20K

J

R70

5

20K

J

R71

4

20K

J

R71

3

20K

J

R71

2

20K

J

R71

1

20K

J

R71

0

20K

J

R70

9

20K

J

R70

8

20K

J

R70

7

20K

J

R73

4

CN

701-

5S

CK

CN

701-

8D

-GN

D

20K

J

R73

5

CN

701-

9

F-G

ND

2.4k

FR

733

2.7k

F

R73

2

S74

1S

743

S74

0S

747

S74

4S

745

S73

9S

742

S74

6

S73

0

S70

2

390J

R74

6

390J

R74

5

D70

1

390J

R74

7

30P

N,M

C70

9

0.1u

C71

1

N,M

C71

0

1MJ

R73

9

10K

JR

730

1KJ

R72

7

1KJ

R72

9

1KJ

R72

6

1KJ

R72

8

20K

J

R70

2

20kJ

R70

1

20K

J

R70

3

20K

J

R70

4

S70

1S

704

S70

3

S73

7

S73

5

S73

8

S73

6

S73

3

S73

1

S73

4

S73

2

S72

7

S72

8

S72

9

S72

6

S72

3

S72

4

S72

5

S72

2

S71

9

S72

0

S72

1

S71

8

S71

7

S71

6

S71

3

S71

4

S71

5

S71

2

S70

9

S71

0

S71

1

S70

8

S70

5

S70

6

S70

7

12

16G

ND

15V

S

14V

IN

13V

DD

12V

SS

11D

B7

10D

B6

9D

B5

8D

B4

7D

B3

6D

B2

5D

B1

4D

B0

3E

2R

/W

1R

S

28D

527

D4

26D

325

D2

24D

123

D0

22R

0321

SO

20S

I19

/SC

K18

/RE

SE

T17

TE

ST

16V

CC

15R

3314

R32

13R

31

12R

30

11G

ND

10O

SC

2

9O

SC

1

8R

23

7R

22

6R

21

5R

20

4R

13

3R

12

2R

11

1R

10

2

31

3 2

SC

K

DA

P20

2UD

AP

202U

DA

N20

2UD

AN

202U

D70

7D

706

D70

5D

704

/PA

NE

L R

ES

ET

1

KE

YS

EN

1

LCD

B4

LCD

RS

LCD

B5

LCD

RW

LCD

B6

LCD

E

LCD

B7

KE

YC

OM

2

KE

YC

OM

6

KE

YC

OM

3

KE

YC

OM

7K

EY

CO

M8

KE

YC

OM

4

KE

YC

OM

1

KE

YC

OM

9

KE

YC

OM

5

KE

YS

EN

1

KE

YS

EN

6K

EY

SE

N5

KE

YS

EN

4K

EY

SE

N3

KE

YS

EN

2

KE

YS

EN

6K

EY

SE

N5

KE

YS

EN

4K

EY

SE

N3

KE

YS

EN

2

LED

1LE

D2

LED

3

KE

YC

OM

3K

EY

CO

M2

KE

YC

OM

8K

EY

CO

M9

KE

YC

OM

6K

EY

CO

M7

LCD

E

LED

3

KE

YC

OM

1

KE

YC

OM

5

KE

YC

OM

4

SID

S0D

LCD

B7

LCD

B6

LCD

B5

LCD

B4

LCD

RW

LCD

RS

LED

2LE

D1

FAX

LC

D P

WB

(A

R-F

152

Onl

y)

AR-F152

13 – 19

4

E

3

D

2 1

ED

BA

4 3

B

2

A

1

CC

RD

39E

SA

B1

ZD

32.

2uF

/50V

C19

Z06

51T

1

8 9111216154317651413 2

CN

1

B16

B-P

HD

SS

-B(O

ptio

n)10

0uF

/35V

C18

(Opt

ion)

1SS

270A

D5

TF

541

CR

6PM

-10

BC

R5P

M-1

0T

M54

1

SC

R1

273J

R10

2

203J

R10

8

PC

817

PC

2

104J

-474

JR

4104J

-474

JR

3

330-

271J

(Fus

e)

R6

101-

271J

R5

3R3-

150J

(5W

)R

25

101J

R10

6

R01

JR

107

Z04

84

L102

160u

H

IR3M

02IR

9494

TL4

94

IC10

4

RD

30Z

D10

1

330J

R11

1

1uF

/50V

C10

7

470J

R12

7

PQ

3RD

23

IC10

2

R33

J(5W

)

R11

2

L543

1T

L431

HA

1743

1

IC1

472K

/AC

250V

(Y)

C7

222K

/AC

250V

(Y)

C6

BE

AD

S

BJ1

01

K28

79K

2755

K22

57

Q1

(Opt

ion)

1N40

05D10

8

471K

C11

4

(Opt

ion)

1SS

270A

D10

5

SD

DJE

-3S

W1-

1

684J

R1

F3 5A

/125

V

EN

C47

1-10

D

ZR

1

SD

DJE

-3

SW

1-2

224K

/AC

250V

(X)

C4

102J

R13

121J

(1/4

W F

use)

R23

101J

(1/4

W F

use)

R24

121J

(1/2

W F

use)

R22

PQ

12R

F11

PQ

12R

F1

IC10

1

181J

R11

4

2401

D

R11

0 2101

DR

113

D5S

BA

60

DB

1

4R7J

(Fus

e)

R15

104J

R16

330J

(Fus

e)R

103

1SS

244

HS

S81

D10

4

103J

R12

6

392J

R10

9

FM

B-2

4LY

G80

2C04

D10

6

561J

R11

8

561J

R11

7

221J

R10

5

100J

(Fus

e)R

104

5101

FR

133

1SS

270A

D10

7

1001

F

R13

6

A11

75A

673

Q10

2

A14

51B

1136

Q10

1

104K

C11

147

2JR

123

823J

R12

5

472J

R12

0

471K

C11

3

104J

R12

4

123J

R12

1

100J

(Fus

e)

R11

9

472J

R11

6

333J

R11

5

472J

R12

2

104K

C11

2

100u

F/1

6V

C10

6

C27

85C

1213

A

Q10

3

1000

uF/3

5VC

105

CR

3PM

-8T

F32

1

SC

R10

1

Z04

00

L101

6.8u

H

470u

F/3

5V(Z

L)C

104

472K

C14

1SS

244

D4

HS

S81

C13

104K

124J

R12

9

680u

F/2

00V

C10

153J

R10

103K

C12

C27

85C

1213

A

Q2

153J

R12RD

20Z

D2

PC

817

PC

1-2

SD

T-S

S-1

24D

M

RY

1-1

1SS

270A

D10

1

ER

A92

-02

D10

2

D92

M-0

2Y

G90

2C2R

D10

3

TM

1641

PT

RC

1

Z02

02

L4

Z02

02L5

F1

15A

/125

V

L N FG

AC

-P07

223J

R11

1N40

05

D2

1N40

05

D1

L543

1T

L431

HA

1743

1IC

103

5K-o

hmV

R10

1

223K

C11

0P

C81

7

PC

1-1

331J

R13

110

4KC

115

223J

R13

2

472J

R13

7

2200

uF/1

0VC

109

HZ

S15

-3R

D16ZD

1

103J

R20

C27

85C

1213

AQ

105

333J

R21

393J

R13

4

4321

CN

3

B04

P-X

L

SD

T-S

S-1

24D

M

RY

1-2

S21

ME

5YP

C3

ER

A22

-06

D3

33uF

/25V

C10

8

220u

F/2

5V

C10

3

470u

F/3

5V(Z

L)

C10

2

103K

/250

V

C9

104K

/AC

250V

(X)

C15

104K

C16

102K

C17

104K

/AC

250V

(X)

C8

222K

/AC

250V

(Y)

C5

471K

/1kV C11

223J

R1910

4JR

18104J

R17

472J

R10

1

220J

(2W

)R

7

563J

R8

331J

(2W

)

R9

122J

R13

0

104J

(1/2

W)

R2

1 76

12,1

3,14

5

8,9,

10

11

42

12Vcc

8C1

3 FBack

14 RefOut

13 OC

11C2

7 GND

6 RT

10 E2

5 CT

4DTCon

9 E1

15-I2

16+I2

2 -I1

1+I1

3 2

4 1

3 2

4 1

FW

HL

/PRG

ND

+3.

3V

+5V

+12

V

+24

V

CIR

CU

IT D

IAG

RA

M (

LOW

VO

LTA

GE

BLO

CK

)

AR-F152

13 – 20

11

A A

/H S

YN

C

PK

YE

YE

BL

GY

73.

3V

410/P

SO

FF

D-G

ND

183.

3V

GY

2512/P

SO

FF

D-G

ND

BL

24V

1LB

BIA

S1

PL

RD

CN

65 4

/MC

BR

/TC

2P

KG

RID

L3

4321

DV

un

SC

L

2 4S

DA

5V

6 8D

-GN

D

GY

D-G

ND

BR

MH

PS

CN

27LE

DM

HP

S1

MH

PS

2 3

PK

CN

28

P-G

ND

1C

N25

P-G

ND

2 4/C

L3

24V

24V

CN

7

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

1818

CN

301

CN

11

CN

10

DS

W

PK

PL

PL

PK

BL

RD

GY

GY

8P

K

1817

2

RD

PK

41

PM

PL

/PM

DP

MR

DY

P-G

ND

24V

PM

CLK

-A

5

BL

3P

-GN

D

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

LAS

ER

CN

T

15111097S

/HS

/H

D-G

ND

7

24V

PW

B

SU

PP

LY

PO

WE

R

PW

B

SU

PP

LY

PO

WE

R

MC

U P

WB

PW

B

CC

D

BL

PK

GY

BR

BR

BR

GY

WH

RD

GY

GY

GY

GY

GY

LB PL

PL

OR

OR

YE

RD

RD

PK

PK

BR

LB PL

PL

PL

LB

GY

GY

GY

PK

PK

OR

LBLB

PL

RD

RD

BR

PL

PL

PL

GY

GY

PK

BL

BL

BL

PL

LB

RD

BK

WH

WH

BK1 2

1 2

2121

RD

WH

F-G

ND

CN

3CN

3

100V

EX

ON

LY

200V

EX

ON

LY

TH

ER

MO

ST

AT

2H

LLH

LN3

HLL

BK

HLN

WH

HL

GY

SIN

GLE

BY

PA

SS

VE

RS

ION

ON

LY

MU

LTI B

YP

AS

S V

ER

SIO

N O

NLY

CN

20

OR

OR

OR

RD

RD

GY

GY

GY

GY

GY

CN

902

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

DR

ST

DR

ST

SE

LIN

20

DR

ST

OP

-CLK

KIN

2

D-G

ND

PS

W

SE

LIN

30

OP

-LA

TC

H

5V SE

LIN

10O

P-D

AT

A

KIN

1

SE

LIN

20

DR

ST

OP

-CLK

KIN

2

D-G

ND

PS

W

SE

LIN

30

OP

-LA

TC

H

5V1

SE

LIN

10O

P-D

AT

A

KIN

1

1 3

7 8 1611

951

65

10

62

DR

ST

1

PW

B

OP

2 3

1611

73

CN

901

2

1 94 10

84

323122201816141211103 82 4 15 17 30216 2523 27971 135 2624 292819

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

F2

D-G

ND

CC

DH

I

5VCC

DLO

D-G

ND

A5V

12V

D-G

ND

CP

SP

CC

D-D

1

CC

D-D

4

CC

D-D

6

BC

LK

CC

D-D

0

F1

CC

D-D

7

CC

D-D

3

RS

CC

D-D

2

/SH

AN

-GN

D

CC

D-D

5

D-G

ND

1D

-GN

D2

D-G

ND

11

D-G

ND

13

D-G

ND

15

D-G

ND

17

D-G

ND

19

D-G

ND

21F

222

D-G

ND

23

CC

DH

I30

5VCC

DLO

D-G

ND

25

CL

D-G

ND

CC

D-D

5

14 10

CN

30

F1

AN

-GN

D

8 3

CC

D-D

2

2712

V26 20

/SH

5

CC

D-D

3

16 9

CC

D-D

6

CC

D-D

1

18 1232 4

SP

CC

D-D

7

CC

D-D

0

A5V

29 728

RS

31 6C

CD

-D4

BC

LK

24

CP

1

MR

MT

-13

Mirr

or2

MR

MT

-324

V

MR

MT

-0

Mot

or

5

MR

MT

-241 2

MF

D

1

DS

W

RD

MF

D

1

CN

14

1

MP

FS

CN

4

24V

1(D

SW

S)

2 2

D-G

ND

CN

1

CN

12

CE

D1

3

LED

PP

D1

42 3

CE

D1

5

CE

D1

GY

PK

PP

D1

D-G

ND

PP

D1

D-G

ND

5V1(

DS

WS

)

/MP

FS

31D

-GN

D

4LE

DM

FD

GY

24V

2

5V

CN

1

YE

1615P

-GN

D

7531

CN

17

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

5V1(

DS

WS

)D

-GN

D2

4

16

H

6

3

/LD

EN

TC

S

13

N

2

1

5

LSU

5V1(

DS

WS

)

P-G

ND

TC

S

C

6

24V

DV

S

12

/LD

EN

BIA

S

PM

CLK

-A

5Y

8

24V

/H S

YN

C

/PM

D

D-G

ND

1

DV

SD

-GN

D

8

2

6

/VID

EO

8

/VID

EO

2

D-G

ND

5

TC

S

14

CN

23

PM

RD

Y

53

1

S

6

54A

N-G

ND

RT

H-I

N1

2R

TH

1A

N-G

ND

RT

H2

65V5V

59 2

FW

12V

811 1

/PR

HLO

UT

13P

-GN

D

24V

3D

-GN

D

24V

1214

D-G

ND

3.3V

225V

215V

15 19

PP

D2

MC

FB

2321

321

D-G

ND

PP

D2

LED

PP

D2

GY

PK

PK

FW

12V

CN

13

D-G

ND

PP

D2

LED

PP

D2

31

GY

BIA

SM

C

TH

ER

MO

ST

AT

CN

9

1

813

224

V1

24V

MM

GY

GY

1

8

24V

1

24V

LED

PO

D

/MM

2017

6

HLL

1C

N3

6

/CP

FS

1

MM

LD

CP

FS

1

CN

18

VF

M

23

2

L/P

R

MM

LD

OR

RD

11

HLO

UT

BC

7

7

NHLN

GR

IDL

P-G

ND

TM

b-O

PK

4

7

/RR

S

24V

1

P-G

ND

INLE

T

TM

11

GN

D

BIA

S

D-G

ND

HLL

231

P-G

ND

24V

BK

RD

GY

OR

24D

-GN

D

/MM

24V

24V

CN

22

9

16

8

1

D-G

ND

VF

M

PO

D

GN

D

5

CN

11

14

2

1

HLN

CN

21

42

/TC

/MC

24V

P-G

ND

TM

a-O

/VF

MC

NT

GN

D

WH

GY

RD

GY

5

TC

6

5

GR

ID

HL

RR

S

PO

D

13

2

3.3V

P-G

ND

AC

TU

AL

WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1/5

AR-F152

13 – 21

AA

11

GD

I/US

B P

WB

/INIT

MD

AT

A3

MA

D3

PA

RA

AD

6

3.3V

MA

D2

9

37

5V

1810

MD

AT

A0

MD

AT

A14

22

MD

AT

A2

7/A

UT

OF

D

MD

AT

A7

4

GD

I

ME

MO

RY

PW

B

10P

AR

AA

D5

3.3V

8

PE

28

MD

AT

A5

1

PA

RA

AD

2

15

/RA

S1

14M

DA

TA

11

18D

-GN

D

PE

1616

/RA

S1

17

MA

D9

MD

AT

A9

341

34

MA

D8

37

MA

D6

PA

RA

AD

3

5VP

AR

AA

D0

27

PA

RA

AD

5

28

13

19

14

23 38

2

PA

RA

AD

3

/CA

S0

D-G

ND

5 24

9

9

2

/RA

S2

39

/CA

S0

MD

AT

A8

/FA

ULT

16

18

MD

AT

A10

31

25

8

/CA

S1

16

/WE

MA

D6

/WE

MD

AT

A13

/ST

B17

/ME

MO

RY

MD

AT

A0

/INIT

21

25M

AD

2

MD

AT

A15

/AU

TO

FD

MD

AT

A7

MA

D1

PA

RA

AD

0

22

7P

AR

AA

D2

MA

D0

SLC

T20

39

5V

D-G

ND

MA

D0

31

MD

AT

A11

MA

D5

11

18

MD

AT

A4

9

12

40

MD

AT

A5

5

MD

AT

A1

11 12

MD

AT

A15

15

MA

D9

33

26

2021

21

MD

AT

A9

3

/AC

K

38

/RA

S0

20

MD

AT

A6

MD

AT

A2

24

32

D-G

ND

5

10

17

/CA

S1

17

12

8

MD

AT

A10

23

23

22

PA

RA

AD

1

/OE

MD

AT

A12

MA

D8

2625

6

4

22

BU

SY

PA

RA

AD

7

/FA

ULT

MC

U

PW

B

/AC

K

13

D-G

ND

MD

AT

A3

19

MD

AT

A4

33

3.3V

D-G

ND

8

26

/GD

I-IN

/RA

S2

5V

CN

16

/RE

V

14

3.3V

3

SLC

T

7

MA

D7

D-G

ND

6

/OE

MA

D10

24

BU

SY

D-G

ND

PA

RA

AD

1

14

PA

RA

AD

6

5

5V

PA

RA

AD

4

4035

MA

D11

30

2

/ME

MO

RY

/ST

B

29

13

3

36

MA

D5

D-G

ND

30

32

MD

AT

A6

11

19

CN

15

12 15

20

24

6

15

35

2925

MA

D7

PA

RA

AD

7

/GD

I-IN

6

MA

D1

MD

AT

A14

4

MA

D4

3

11

23

36

MD

AT

A12

/RE

V

/SLC

TIN

13

MA

D11

MD

AT

A13

10

MA

D10

21

7

27

4

PA

RA

AD

4

/SLC

TIN

/RA

S0

MD

AT

A8

MA

D4

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

MA

D3

MD

AT

A1

26

5V

19

211

3

10 13 32 1911 33

4

36 23

6 7

3112 21

1

14 25

82 5 9

27 29 30

Dat

a B

it 0

/ST

RO

BE

Dat

a B

it 2

Dat

a B

it 3

Dat

a B

it 4

Dat

a B

it 5

Dat

a B

it 6

Dat

a B

it 7

/AC

KB

US

YP

ES

LCT

/ER

RO

R/IN

IT

D-G

ND

/SLC

T IN

Dat

a B

it 1

/AU

TO

FD

XT

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

GD

I/US

B V

ER

SIO

N O

NLY

CN

701

CN

502

CN

501

Per

sona

l

Com

pute

r

GD

I VE

RS

ION

ON

LY

PS

W1

PS

W1

D-G

ND

1 2

CN

10

D-G

ND

PS

W1

2 328 29 30 31

D-G

ND

US

B-I

N/U

SB

-EN

US

B-O

N/1

284-

EN

3.3V

2727 28 29 30 31

US

B-I

N/U

SB

-EN

US

B-O

N/1

284-

EN

3.3V

PL

GY

PL

GY

AC

TU

AL

WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

2/5

Opt

ion

Opt

ion

AR-F152

13 – 22

11

22

33

44

E E

D D

C C

B B

A A

BL

BR

GY

GY

D-G

ND

PS

W2

PS

W2

CE

D2

PS

W2

D-G

ND

21G

YB

R

46119

BR

GY

BR

GY

BR

D-G

ND

PS

W2

1211

GY

GY

FG

69

FG

FG

BR

BL

RD

OR

GY GY

BR

BR

GY

BR

OR

RD

BL

MC

U P

WB

CE

D2

13

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

14

141/C

PF

S2

72 13C

ED

2

5V24V

11

8P

PD

34

BR

BR

GY

GY

GY

BR

OR

OR

BL

RD

RD

2CS

UN

CN

6

123P

PD

35V P

PD

3D

-GN

D

8 7 2 1

12

24V

/CP

FS

22

1C

PF

S2

GY

1D

-GN

D2

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

CE

D2

PP

D3

5V24V

/CP

FS

2

141387421

AC

TU

AL

WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

3/5

AR-F152

13 – 23

11

22

33

44

E E

D D

C C

B B

A A

LBLB

LB GY

BL

PK

D-G

ND

LED

SD

OD

SD

OD

SD

OD

321

CN

31

CN

26

FG

MC

U P

WB

SB

4D

Sen

ser

PW

B

PA

PE

R F

EE

D U

NIT

BR

PK

2 13S

PP

D

GY

FG

6

PK

PL

RD

RD

BR

BL

BL

OR

BR

PL

RD

GY

24V

mir

SP

MT

-1(B

)

SP

MT

-0(A

)

24V

mir

SP

MT

-3(/

B)

SP

MT

-2(/

A)

FA

X S

PF

UN

BL

BL

3S

B4D

1

4

24V

5

SP

ID

5

43

D-G

ND

21

5V

/SP

US

5V5

BL

SD

SW

4D

-GN

D4

1

5

212

SP

ID

OR

SD

SW

3

GY

SP

US

2

1

PL

1

2

3 6 2

SP

MT

1

23

BL

RD

19

24V

mir

SP

MT

-1

SP

MT

-0

PL

BR

BR

22

24V

mir

20S

PM

T-3

SP

MT

-2

PK

21

RD

24

OR

RD

BR

PK

GY

BL

PL

GY

/SP

US

24V

5VSB

4D

SD

SW

SP

ID

LED

SP

PD

SP

PD

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

1211

428753

AC

TU

AL

WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

4/5

AR-F152

13 – 24

11

22

33

44

E E

D D

C C

B B

A A

CN

701

CN

501

CN

503

124 972 6 16133 10 11 14 1581 5

D-G

ND

AS

IG

AS

IGN

D-G

ND

HS

EN

H V

OL2

-5V

HS

OF

FH

K

H V

OL0

H V

OL1

-A12

V

VC

C

A12

V

-A12

V

A12

V

VC

C

FG

CN

601

CN

5

FA

X-S

PF

UN

F-G

ND

9

SP

EA

KE

RFA

X-O

P P

WB

62 43 85 71

PL

GY

OR

BR

LB GY

PK

BL

BL

GY

LBOR

PL

PK

BR

GY

1 3 4 72 85 6

SO

D

5V SID

RE

SE

T

D-G

ND

SC

K

A12

V

D-G

ND

BL

BL

2

BZ

1B

L1

BL

1

BZ

22

BL

BL

GY

LBOR

PL

PK

BR

BL

GY

62 8431 75

SO

D

VC

C

D-G

ND

SC

K

A12

V

RE

SE

T

SID

D-G

ND

BL

GY

PK

PL

OR

LB GY

BR

7B

Z1

5S

CK

21A

12V

6 8

RE

SE

T

BZ

2

10

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

3

VC

C

SID

SO

D

94

PW

BF

AX

PW

BM

CU

D-G

ND

OU

TD

13

/PR

LIN

E

D-G

ND

/FA

XP

RD

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

OU

TD

3

NC

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

/FR

TS

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

3.3V

NC

FT

XD

/HS

YN

K

OU

TD

10

/SC

LIN

E

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

5VD-G

ND

D-G

ND

/SC

DS

ET

D-G

ND

OU

TD

2

/RE

SE

T

OU

TD

9

D-G

ND

/PW

OF

F

D-G

ND

/RE

AD

Y

D-G

ND

OU

TD

5

D-G

ND

OU

TD

12

3.3V

OU

TD

4

12V

OU

TD

1

NC OU

TD

0

OU

TD

14

OU

TD

15

D-G

ND

OU

TD

6

FR

XD

OU

TD

11

/FP

AG

E

/SC

DA

CK

/SC

DB

CS

NCOU

TD

8

D-G

ND

OU

TD

7

5V /FC

TS

NC

/FA

XP

RD

D-G

ND

/PC

LPR

D

OU

TD

2

D-G

ND

FR

XD

/FA

XR

EQ

OU

TD

15

OU

TD

13

OU

TD

7

OU

TD

5

/HS

YN

K

D-G

ND

/FR

TS

/SC

LIN

E

/FA

XA

CK

OU

TD

14

OU

TD

10

OU

TD

8

OU

TD

0

D-G

ND

/FP

AG

E

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

F-R

ES

ET

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

/PR

EA

DY

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

12V

5VOU

TD

12

OU

TD

6

/PO

FF

D-G

ND

/FR

EA

DY

D-G

ND

5V/PC

LRE

Q

OU

TD

9

OU

TD

1

D-G

ND

3.3V

/PC

LAC

K

OU

TD

4

D-G

ND

/FC

TS

/RE

AD

Y

/PR

LIN

ED

-GN

D

D-G

ND

3.3V

/FA

XC

S

/PC

LCS

OU

TD

11

OU

TD

3

D-G

ND

FT

XD

D-G

ND

49 55 60585350 595751 54 56524039 41 474443 4537 38 42 484625 33 34 35 3630 31 322927 282621 24232219 2017 181613 14 1510 11 1296 7 852 3 41

5756 58 6054 55 5950 51 52 534937 45 46 47 4842 43 444139 403825 3635343332313029282726242322212019181716151413121110

987654321

AC

TU

AL

WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

5/5

AR-F152

13 – 25

(Danish) ADVARSEL !Lithiumbatteri – Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering.

Udskiftning må kun ske med batteriaf samme fabrikat og type.

Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren.

(English) Caution !Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.

Replace only with the same or equivalent typerecommended by the manufacturer.

Dispose of used batteries according to manufacturer’s instructions.

(Finnish) VAROITUSParisto voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.

Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaantyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden

mukaisesti.

(French) ATTENTIONIl y a danger d’explosion s’ il y a remplacement incorrect

de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie dumême type ou d’un type équivalent recommandé par

le constructeur.Mettre au rebut les batteries usagées conformément aux

instructions du fabricant.

(Swedish) VARNINGExplosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte.

Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalenttyp som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren.

Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantensinstruktion.

(German) AchtungExplosionsgefahr bei Verwendung inkorrekter Batterien.

Als Ersatzbatterien dürfen nur Batterien vom gleichen Typ odervom Hersteller empfohlene Batterien verwendet werden.Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien nur nach den vom

Hersteller angegebenen Anweisungen.

CAUTION FOR BATTERY REPLACEMENT

AR-F152

COPYRIGHT © 2000 BY SHARP CORPORATIONAll rights reserved.Printed in Japan.

No part of this publication may be reproduced,stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,

in any form or by any means,electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,

without prior written permission of the publisher.

SHARP CORPORATIONDigital Document Systems GroupQuality & Reliability Control CenterYamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan

2000 December Printed in Japan N

AR-F152